The URL can be used to link to this page

SC-Coppell MSN-MN 970307COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 1997 SITE WORK & PAVING ~. ........ COPPELL, TEXAS i -'] ARCHITECT~ SHW Grou~ ~c GOPP~--.LL MIDDLE ~GI-tOOL NORTH 7MARg7 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) SECTION 00001 - TITLE PAGE TITLE AND LOCATION OF THE WORK COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING SPUR 553 COPPELL, TEXAS 75019 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE OWNER COPPELL lSD 200 S. DENTON TAP ROAD COPPELL, TEXAS 75019 (972)471-1111 NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE ARCHITECT-ENGINEER SHW GROUP, INC. ARCHITECTSAND ENGINEERS 4101 McEWEN, SUITE 300 DALLAS, TEXAS 75244-5109 (972) 701-0700 ~,~j~,.~ TITLE PAGETITLE OF DOCUMENTS BOUND HEREWITH TABLE OF CONTENTS "~ ~ ,,~ BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DATE: MARCH 7, 1997 PROJECT NUMBER: 0496455(SITE) END OF SECTION 00001 TITLE PAGE 00001 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00001 TITLE PAGE 00003 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00004 LIST OF DRAWINGS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00020 INVITATION TO BID 00100 INSTRUCTIOI~S TO BIDDERS (AIA A701, 1987) 00120 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00220 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 00300 BID PROPOSAL FORM 00400 BID SECURITY 00500 AGREEMENTFORM (AIA A101 (STIPULATED SUM). 1987 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS (AIA A201. 1987) 00800 SUPPLEMENTARYCONDITIONS 00820 WAGE RATES DIVISON 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 0'1035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING 01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01563 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01600 MATERIALAND EQUIPMENT 01631 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01740 WARRANTIESAND BONDS DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02110 SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02244 LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 02515 UNIT PAVERS 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02840 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE 02900 LANDSCAPE WORK DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03051 COLD WEATHER CONCRETING 03052 HOT WEATHER CONCRETING 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE OF CONTENTS 00003 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) DIVISION 4 - MASONRY (NOT USED) DIVISION 5 - METALS (NOT USED) DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS (NOT USED) DIVISION 7 - THERMALAND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS (NOT USED) DIVISION 9 - FINISHES (NOT USED) DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10436 EXTERIOR POST AND PANEL SIGNS DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL (NOT USED) DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 00003 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00003 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) SECTION 00004- LIST OF DRAWINGS GENERAL 1.1 COVER SHEET CIVIL 2.0 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY _ 2.1 DIMENSIONEDSITE PLAN 2.2 NOT USED 2.3 PAVING PLAN 2.4 SITE DETAILS -- 2.5 GRADING PLAN - MIDDLE 2.6 GRADING PLAN - ELEMENTARY 2,7 GRADING PLAN - TRACK 2,8 GRADING PLAN- OFF SITE '" 2.9 PAVING PLAN- ROAD- NATCHEZ TRACE 2.10 PAVING PLAN - ROAD - NATCHEZ TRACE 2.11 PAVING PLAN- N-S ROAD 2.12 STORM SEWER PLAN - N-S ROAD 2.13 STORM SEWER PLAN 2.14 STORM SEWER PROFILES 2.15 STORM SEWER PROFILES ~ 2.16 PAVING PLAN - INTERSECTION 2.17 POAVING DETAILS 2.18 ROOF DRAINAGE PLAN - MIDDLE 2.19 ROOF DRAIN AGE PLAN - ELEMENTARY ~ 2.20 DRAINAGE- TRACK 2.21 UTILITY PLAN 2.22 DRAINAGE AREA MAP 2.23 EROSION CONTROL PLAN 2.24 SITE DETAILS 2.25 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS 2.26 SITE DETAILS ~ 2.27 SITE DETAILS 2.28 SITE DETAILS END OF SECTION 00004 LIST OF DRAWINGS 00004 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. . Architects and Engineers t COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 00020 - INVITATIONTO BIDDERS 2 3 PROJECTS - COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 4 5 PROJECT NUMBER- 0496455(SITE) ~ 6 7 BID DATE AND TIME - MARCH 20, 1997 2:00 PM 8 9 ARCHITECT- SHW Group, INC. 10 Architects and Engineers 11 4101 McEwen, Suite 300 12 Dallas, Texas 75244-5109 13 Telephone: (972) 701-0700 · 14 15 16 RECEIPTAND OPENING OF BIDS 17 18 Bids for the above referenced project shall be received by K.A. Sparks contractor, Hamilton, Texas at the following location: 19 20 Office of K.A. Sparks Contractor, Hamilton, Texas. 21 22 All bids shall be on a lump sum basis including General Contract, Electrical and Mechanical work. Bids received after this 23 time shall not be accepted. Bids shall be opened publicly and read aloud. 24 25 The Owner invites bids on the form indicated in Section 00300 for the ab0~/e referenced project. 26 27 The Owner may consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may 28 waive any informalities or reject any and all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of 29 bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No 30 bidder shall withdraw a bid within thirty (30) days after the actual date of the opening thereof. 31 32 Contract Documents may be examined at the Architect's office and at: 33 34 F.W. Dod.qe Offices AGC Offices Others 35 36 Dallas Dallas Texas Contractor 37 Fort Worth Fort Worth America's Company 38 Minority Plan Room 39 40 Copies of the above documents may be obtained from K & M Reproduction, 7034 Greenville Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75231 41 (214) 369-4333, in accordance with the Instruction to Bidders upon the deposit of $100.00 for each set of documents. 42 Deposit of bona-fide bidders shall be returned in full, starting 10 days after bids are received, if complete Contract 43 Documents are returned in good condition within ten days after bid opening. The shipping and/or postage expense of the 44 delivery of Contract Documents shall be at the bidders expense. Deposits shall be made payable to the Owner. 45 46 The Owner reserves the right to hold all bids for thirty (30) days from date of receipt without action, to reject any and all bids, 47 to waive irregularities, and to require statements or evidence of bidders qualificationsincluding financial statements. 48 49 TIME OF COMPLETION 5O 51 Time of completion of this Contract is of importance to the Owner and may be considered in the award of the Contract. See 52 the Section 00120, "Supplementary Instructions", the General Conditions of the Contract, Section 00800, "Supplementary 53 Conditions", and Division-1 Sections for additional information. 54 55 56 END OF SECTION 00020 57 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 00020 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers T It E A M E R I £ A N I N $ T I T U T E 0 F ~ R C I~ I T E C T S _ ,~.~"~ AIA Documolt A-O1 Instructions to Bidders -- 1987 EDITION - TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS '~ PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER .o 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTtL, kCTOR 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. Copyright 19-0. 19--~. 19-8. ~ 198- by The American Institute of Architects. 1-35 New York Avenue. N.W.. \X'ashington. D.C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permissiop, of tile AIA violates the copyright laws of the Urtited States and v-ill bc subject to legal prosecution. AIA [X)CUMI=NT A?01 * INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS · FOURTH EDITION · AIAx * ~ 198- · THE ~ AMERIC.-LN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. I) C. 20006 A701-1987 1 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the -- DEFINITIONS requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and sys- 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and tems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. the proposed Contract Documents, The Bidding Requirements ~ consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid ARTICLE 3 form. and other sample bidding and contract forms. The pro- BIDDING DOCUMENTS posed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement __ between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Con- 3.1 COPIES tract (General, SupplementarT' and other Conditions), Draw- ings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Docu- the Contract. ments from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if -- 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Con- anT', stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders tract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in other Con- who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents tract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The ._. 1 .$ Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify deducted from the deposit, A Bidder receiving a Contract or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, award maT' retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's clarifications or corrections, deposit will be refunded. -- 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub- Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance bidders or others unless specifically offered in the Advertise- with the Bidding Documents. ment or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementaD: instructions to bidders. ~ 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bid- 3.'1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in der offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Docu- ments as the base, to which Work may be added or from which preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes Work maT, be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. responsibility for errbrs or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. ..... 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or .Mternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base 3.1.4 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the Bidding Documents, is accepted, the purpose of obtaining Bids on the \Vork and do not confer a .-- license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per Documents. unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF ..... 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bid- 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the ding Documents with each other, and with other work being -- Work. bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report ARTICLE 2 to the .~chitect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. -- BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or inter- pretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written 2.1 The Bidder bv making a Bid represents that: request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior · to the date for receipt of Bids. -- 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Docu- 3.2.~ Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding ments and the Bid is made in accordance therewith. Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations. cor- 2.1.2 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Docu- rcctions and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any mcnts or contract documents, to the extent that such docu- other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely mentation relates to the \Vork for which the Bid is submitted, upon them.. for other portions of the Project, if anT'. being bid concurrently or presently under construction. 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS -~ 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, AIA DOC~I~ENT A701 * INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS · FOURTH EDITION · AIA"-' · ~; 1987 · THE -- AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENL'E. N.W. WASHINGTON1 D.C. 2(X)06 AT01-1987 2 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of substitution, less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of nor qualif3.' the Bid in any other manner, Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of 4.1.? Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name of the Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor, part- equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete nership, corporation or other legal entity. Each copy shall be description of the proposed substitution including drawings, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the performance and test data, and other information necessary for Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other mate- the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A rials, equipment or other portions of the XX:ork including Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of attorney attached certif3.-ing the agent's authority to bind the the proposed substitution would require shall be included. The Bidder. burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The .Architect's decision of approval or dis- 4.2 BID SECURITY approval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 4.2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior or supplementaD- instructions to bidders, each Bid shall be to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Adden- accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount dura. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other required, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract manner, with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if 3.3.4 No substitutions re'ill be considered after the Contract required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security 3.4 ADDENDA shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Sub- known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of paragraph 6.2.1. Bidding Documents. 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior to bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing and current copy of the power of attorney. the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security the date for receipt of Bids. of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall been furnished, or (bi the specified time has elapsed so that acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ARTICLE 4 4.3.1 All copies of thc Bid, thc bid security, if any, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be BIDDING PROCEDURES enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if 4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS applicable, the designated portion of thc xX-'ork for which the 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope included with the Bidding Documents. shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the nota- tion "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after thc 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form. sums time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of dis- crepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely govern, delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed 4.3.4 Oral. telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will by the signer of the Bid. not receive consideration. 4.1.5 ~'MI requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "Nc) Change." 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by XX:ork have been requested, the Bidder may. without forfeiture the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time AIA DOCUMENT A?01 · INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS · FOURTH EDITION · AIA~ · ~ 198- · THE 3 A701-1987 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.xX'., WASHINGTON. 1-).C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bid- agrees in submitting a Bid. ding Documents. 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted ma}' be modified or withdrawn by notice to 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of 6.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrav-al of over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is fur- Bid. nished, the Bidder v-ill not be required to execute the .Agree- 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and ment between the Owner and Contractor. time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then full,,., in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 6.3 SUBMITTALS 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable after notification for the Bid as modified or resubmitted, of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed ,`,ith the ARTICLE $ Bidder's own forces: CONSIDERATION OF BIDS .2 names of the manufacturers, products and the sup- pliers of principal items or systems of materials and 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS equipment proposed for the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are 5.1.; Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or Invita- to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a tion to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time ,`'ill special design) proposed for the principal portions of be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An abstract of the the Work. Bids will be made available to Bidders. ~rhen it has been stated that Bids ,,,ill be opened privately, an abstract of the same infor* 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfac- mation may, at the discretion of the Owner, be made available tion of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibil- to the Bidders within a reasonable time, ity of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect ,`'ill notify., the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, 5.2.1 The Ovaner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has other data required by the Bidding Documents, or reject a Bid reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder which is in any way incomplete or irregular, may. at the Bidder's option, (1) withdraw the Bid. or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security ,`'ill not be in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents forfeited. and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed bv the Bidder and to the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the objection must be used on the Work for which they were pro- Owner's own best interests, posed and shall not be changed except with the written con- 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in sent of the Owner and Architect. any order or combination, unle~ otherwise specifically pro- vided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bid- der on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Mternates ac- ARTICLE 7' cepted. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND ARTICLE 6 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS POST-BID INFORMATION 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Con- tract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds 6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under con- may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. sideration shall submit to the ~'chitect, upon request, a prop- erly executed AL& Document A305, Contractor's Qualification ?.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bid- Statement. unless such a Statement has been previously ding Documents. the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the A}A DOCUMENT A?01 · INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS · FOURTI-t EDITION * AIAa * ~ 1987 · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A?01-1987 4 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the .., before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall Contract. be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who ?.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affLx __ than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. as provided in the Contract Documents. 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS -- 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the ARTICLE 8 Owner not later than three days following the date of execution FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to corn- OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ~ mencement of the '~'ork, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in 8.1 FORM TO BE USED accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2.1. 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment the Agreement for the Work will be written on .&IA Document Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Con- Al01, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Con- tract Sum. tractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. ~ AIA DOCUMENT A701 ,, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS · FOURTH EDITION · AIA® · '~. 1987 · THE $ A701-1987 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'~35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.I~:.1 WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) SECTION 00120- SUPPLEMENTARYINSTRUCTIONSTO BIDDERS 4.1.8 TIME OF COMPLETION 4.1.8.1 Time of completion of this Contract is of importance to the Owner and may be considered in the award (~f the Contract. Payments on the Contract shall be made as provided by the Contract. No payment shall be made on the Contract after 30 days prior to the completion date set by the Contractor, until final completion and acceptance bi the Architect and Owner. 4.1.8.2The Contractorshall include in his bid proposal a time to complete the base proposal (stated in calendar days) that includes his best anticipation of the number of working days that construction may be unable to take place, due to inclement weather and muddy ground. This anticipated number of lost working days shall be included on the bid proposal form in the space designated for the total number of calendar days required to complete the base proposal. Extensions to the Completion Date shall be granted only if, in the opinion of the Architect, climatological conditions that impede the progress of construction sig- nificantly exceed average conditions for the local area. ^ guide for average climatological conditions shall be the bulletin "Local Climatological Data", published by the Department of Commerce. No request for an extension of time due to weather conditions shall be considered unless accompanied by Weather Bureau documentary evidence showing by comparison that such weather is abnormal to any Of the past five (5) years. 4.2.1.1 The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract, insurance and bonds required within 10 days after he has received notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidate damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. 4.4.2.1 If written confirmation of the modified or withdrawn bid received by telegram is not received within two days from the closing time, no consideration shall be given to the telegram. 7.3 Not withstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement or any other document forming a part hereof, there shall be no arbitration for any dispute. Separate performanceand payment bonds, each in the full amount of the contract are required from the contractor, executed by a corpoate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, such bonds and surety subject to approval of owner. This contract is performable in Dallas, County, Texas and venue for any dispute shall be in Dallas County, Texas. 'END OF SECTION 00120 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00120 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 00220 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA 8 9 Investiqation: 10 1.1 Soil and Subsurface Investiqations were conducted at the Site, the results of which are to be found in the report, 12 number 0761-1189 issued by'. Fugro-McClelland (Southwest), Inc., dated January 20, 1997. 13 14 A portion of the information obtained is included herein for the convenience of the Contractor. 15 16 A copy of the report is available for review at the office of the Architect. 17 18 Bidders are urqed to examine soils investigation data and to make their own investigation of the site before bidding. 20 Interpretation: 21 22 Soil investiqation data is provided only for information and the convenience of the bidders. The Owner and 23 Architect/Engineerdisclaim any responsibility for the accuracy, true location and extent of the Soils Investigation that 24 has been prepared by others. They further disclaim responsibility for interpretation of that data by bidders, as in 25 projec~ng soil-bearing values, rock profiles, soil stability and the presence, level and extent of underground water. 26 27 Soil investigationdata is not a part of the contract Documents. 28 29 (LOGS OF BORINGS TO FOLLOW) 30 31 32 33 END OF SECTION 00220 34 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 00220 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers ~, ,. _~,,,. ~ ,.~ CT SITE ~, - ,r~ , /! .:?' , ~ ~_~-?~.,. I' I' _ ~~ Geotechnic~l Inves~Gation ~i~ Vicini~ M~p , ' : Proposed Elemen~ and Middle Schools Coppell, Texas (so~w~t),~n~. N~toS~le ~ ~""~ [ ~s~t~.~ [ 07e~-~9 P~TE A ! BLVD SPUR 553) _=~_, J ! ~ '.' PROPOSED ? ,~ I ~ M-2~ / TENNIS / /~ ~ I I ~ / ~ ~ ~ --~ / %SCHOOL ~ M-6 M-1 ~ ~ ~ " ~S-3 PROPOSED STREET ~ S4 ! I LEGEND: * APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATION 0 100 200 300 SCALE IN FEET Nenh ~_.rM~.~o Proposed Elementary And Middle Schools Plan Of Borings :- Denton lap Road At ¥ista Ridge Blvd. Coppell, Texas Ft.,gm - McCIMland ~eut--. Inc. IDate: IDrawn By: I PmJect N°: 1-8-97 GLP ...... ..... 076.1.-1189 PLATE B LOG OF BORING NO. E-1 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPI~L'~ T~X~S .TYPE: INTERM..I~NT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS v ,.., ..a ~_ o STRATUM DESCRIPTION £LEV. I tu~ ~,-, ~tu ,,z~ ~ \ fl-Ze~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNI~OWN P Z0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with 18 101 P 2.0 intermixed sandy clays 20 ll! 1.0 ' P 3.0 17 ' P1.0 20 54 23 31 104 1.4 ' P 4.5 - with calcareous nodules below 4.0 20 105 3.8 - 5 ~ feet /- 5.0 17 - -~ CLAY (CH), Brown, (possible f'fll) P 43 24 - I - 10 P 4.0 SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown 10.0 24 48 19 29 P 4.5 16 ~ P 2.0 - with gravel below 12.0 feet 16 i -- - 15 .:~ ,,.,~ ~ 50/3' GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 1.5.0 SHALE, Dark Gray ~ 18.0 -20 ~.__.--~ $o/4- -35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 30.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 18.0 P=Pockct Penetrometer T=Torvane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-11-96 END DATE: 12-11-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 1 LOG OF BORING NO. E-2 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPEI.I~ TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ca \ ~, SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN _._. mm ~ P 3.0 intermixed sandy clays 24 59 24 35 95 1.3 _~ P 4.o 17 112 2.0 - 5 ~>Q<~ e 4_~ with calcareous nodules from 5.0 to ' ~ 7.0 feet ' _~ P 3_~ - with sand below 7.0 feet 18 110 3.1 - .~e/.~ p 35' CLAY (CH), Brown, with sand seams, 10.0 19 _~ P 2.~ (possible fdl) 15 .~.-~.~. GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 12.0 m SHALE, Dark Gray 18.0 - 35 - L Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-11-96 END DATE: 12-11-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 2 i LOG OF BORING NO. E-3 . PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS ] ~ DENTON TAP ROADcoPPELL,AT VISTATEXAsRIDGE BLVD. TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS '-' R -t ~u'o STRATUM DESCRIPTION £LEV./ ~ SURF. ELEVATION: L,rNI~N'OWN O. nj FILL, Clay and Sandy Clay (CH/CL), ].0! -- P L0 Brown 32 ~2 0.8 I P4.5 ~9 38 ].7 2! 104 P 3.o - with shale from 3.0 to 5.0 feet 22 ].10 2.8 -' P a.5 - 20 [ ].o~ I - $ P a.5 - with calcareous nodules below $.0 23 feet P 4.0 20 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, with gravel, 8.0 ~ (possible fill) I SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown, with 13.0 gravel I .:..~. P 2.o GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 16.0 35 I "' --' ' I SHALE, Dark Gray i 19.0 - 25 ~ ~oo/a.zr COMPLETION DEPTH: 30.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 15.0 P=Pocket Penctrometer T=Torvan¢ Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-11-96 END DATE: 12-11-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 3 LOG OF BORING NO. E-4 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERM1TrENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 . LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS v~ o~ m, ~.~-~a STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ~ - \ SURF. ELEVA~ON: LhNKNOWN ~.~ FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with 49 18 31 105 P 15 intermixed sandy days 22 106 0.3 P t.s 26 P 23 - with shale from 3.0 to 5.0 feet 21 110 2.2 P 3.0 19 - 5 P 45 with sand below 5.0 feet 28 P 4.5 CLAY (CH), Browu, (possible f'dl) 7.0 23 ' P 4.5 23 P t.S SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown, with 12.0 20 gravel -15 ?~ 24 ': '"'.-. GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 16.0 SHALE, Dark Gray = 18.0 COMPLETION DEPTH: 30.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 18.0 P=Pocket Penetrometer T=Torvane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-11-96 END DATE: 12-11-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 4 LOG OF BORING NO. E-5 ' PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELI.; TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS mr~ \ ~.;~o, SURF. F_J~WATION: UNYaNOWN O ~.a.I P 1.0 FILL, Clay and Sandy Clay (CH/CL), 22 104 P 45 Brown 15 119 2.3 P45 17 '/6 28, 48 116 - with shale from 3.0 to 5.0 P 45 10 116 5 22 - with gravel below 5.0 feet 20 P 45 19 114 P 45 18 t7 18 18 !'"? .- 17 GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 13.0 ~ SHALE, Dark Gray 16.0 COMPLETION DEPTH: 25.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 15.0 P=Pocket Pe¢¢trom~t~r T=Torvan¢ O = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-26-96 END DATE: 12-26-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClell'and PLATE 5 LOG OF BORING NO. E-6 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. · COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 07~1-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ~, o~ .a t_'"o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ 4 24 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown l0 21 P 4.0 1~3 115 2.5 FILL, Sandy Clay and Clay (CL/CH), - 5 P43 5.0 16 45 17 28 114 P 4.o Brown, with gravel 23 P 3.5 P 33 - with sand from 8.0 to 9.0 feet 22 CLAY (CH), Brown, with sandy clay ] 9.0 ! ] - 4.o to P 2.0 20' P 1-5 17 - 15 $9 23 · ~- - SHALE, Dark Gray 17.5 -20 ~ -- ~_ 100/1' -- 1Q9/.,7~'. ............................ . 27.0 -3o- . - 35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 27.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 14.0 P--Pocket Penetrometer T~Totwane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-26-96 END DATE: 12-26-96 Tr/axial Fugro-M¢Cielland PI_~T£ LOG OF BORING NO. E-7 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERM,..r~TENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS -., ~ ..a ,_mo STRATUI~I DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ,.z~ a. o~u~ ~-u (tr.) '"I, ~= ~z~ m ~'Z~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNI~NOWN · ca ~ P 2.0 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown ~ P 3.$ 14 95 1.2 P 2.$ 17 96 P4.0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown i 4.0 29 72 26 ] 46 95 [ -10 - I COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pocket Penetrometer T=Tor~ane I O = Unconsolidated Undrained -' START DATE: 12-27-96 END DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxial _!] Fugro-McClelland PLATE 7 l- 4 II I i ; i i i i i --r-- LOG OF BORING NO. E-8" "' PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCA17ON: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ~ _ _ _k._ ~ SL~RF. ELEVATION: UNYaN'OWN ~ ~- e~cu =~ :~ ~ P 25 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown 19 110 iL' ~ P 3.0 · 17 ~,~,~.~---~ p P 4545 F'~LL, Clay (CH), Brown 2.0 2217 114 7.8 ~ P 45 - ~4th shale fragments'below 4.0 feet 19 80 26 54 110 COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P = Pocket Pcnctrometcr T=Torvan¢ O = Unconsolidated Undrained L START DATE: 12-27-96 END DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxial I Fugro-McClelland PLATE 8 1- ' ...... LOG OF BORING NO. M-1 ........ PROPOSED ELEMEN3?ARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I . COPPEI.I.; TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ~.t~.tn LAYER ~., ,,n"~ ~'~ ~,.~v II O~ ~..Z~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNI~NOWN P 1.0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with 25 [ 101 -.~ P z5 intermixed sandy days 24 I 107 1.0 ..~ - P 4.o - with shale from 2.0 to 3.0 feet 19 I 109 ' P 4.0 21 i 106 1.7 _.. ' - with sand from 4.0 to 5.0 feet I - 5 P 45 18 108 -'-' P 45 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Dark Brown 7.0 23 48 19 29 111 l-- - 10 P 2.0 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown (possible fill) 10.0 24 P 2.o 19 ,Il. - 15 . ..m;/ 16 15.0 -- .,~ ,~./':' '~'-' GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand .:..~.: ~, -. - 20 ~--'~ 100/1.~- ~ ... _ I --- I '- I -30 ' I ..~ ..-_~.. 1.0od0_' ............................. 33.0 -35 - IIl- - COMPLETION DEPTH: 33.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 13.0 P = Pocket Penetrometer T=Tor~ane I Q = Unconsolidated Undrained ~ START DATE: 12-24-% END DATE: 12-24-96 Triaxia~ I Fugro-McClelland PLATE 9 LOG OF BORING NO. M-2 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMFFFEN'F SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ~ m° ~ ~u'8 STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ~ ~__~ ~-- "~ .~ ~- ~ u.le,,.~ - DEPTH ~m ~ ~ =~ · FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with 27 95 P t.o intermixed sandy days 29 95 0.4 P 2.0 - with sand below 2.0 feet 17 107 P 4.o 17 107 - 5 P4.O 20 53 22 31 108 P 4.o 26 103 3.0 SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown 8.0 21 P 2.0 - 10 P 4.o 19 P 4.o - with gravel below 12.0 feet 16 Pl.5 13 - 15 as · '- '~'-. GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 15.0 14 10 '%'. ~ .- -- - SHALE, Dark Gray i 18.0 - 20 ~_.---.'-~ ~oo/~.~- 100/.75" I -3o I I - _.~..,._._. ~oolo~ ............................. 33.0 -35 - I I COMPLETION DEI~FH: 33.0' DEI~H TO WATER: 11.0 P--Pocket Penetmmcter T=Torv~n¢ Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-27-96 END DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxi~ Fugro-M¢Clelland PI_AT£ 10 1~ LOG OF BORING NO. M-3 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS _ DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761.1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN' OF BORINGS. m~.o LAYER ~.~ n-I i-- o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ Oe~.-- x, ~Oz~l:~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN P 2.5 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with shale 20 ] 99 -- P 3.0 and sandy clay 24 [ 105 1.1 I P3.0' 19 _ ,, ,.o 18 I -5 P35 , 20 I I .... '109l 3.4 -" P 3.5 19 103 I P 4.0 15 I -- -10 P3.o 18 45 18 27 P 15 19 -. P 2.0 CLAY (CH), Brown = 12.0 24 I P 2.5 19 -15 -- ':..'~ GRAVEL (GP), Brown, with sand 15.0 ~..~, 21 -20 -~=~ ~0on- - ! · I I l ' _ ~ _ ~Q0/_TS". _ _ ........................ ~.0 I : _ -- . I -3o- I ' ' - 35 - l' I COMPLETION DEPTH: 25.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 12.0 P~Pocket Pcn¢,romct~r T=Torvan¢ Q ~ Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-2%96 END DATE: 12-2%96 Triax/a! I gugro-M¢Cl~lland PLATE 11 i LOG OF BORING NO. M-4 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I COPPELI,; TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS I -- m ,,,-, LAYER '-, _~ o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ua I-- Ov ~Lt.I Cl., ~t.nla' _O~. ft. Z ...11-1 I-I ~2: Z tJl.-, ~ o~ ~ ~ ( ) ,-, _ a._ _z co~ .-,H ~,., I ~ \ a-Z_l~'l~ SURF. ELEVATION:UNKNOWN ~ "" --' ~ ~ '"~ ~"' . ]~ FILL, Clay and Sandy Clay (CH/CL), Brow~l i 11 14 P 4.0 18 111 P ~.o 13 115 P g.o 21 I 104 1.2 - 10 P 2.b - with shale fragments below 10.0 feet 27 51 21 30 99 I P a.o 28 112)0 1.2 P 2.5 11 113 ! P 35 17 110 -1_~ P3.0 ~ SHALEY CLAY (CH), Brown ~ 15.0 20 . . SHALE, Dark Gray 18.0 25.0 - ! - 35 - II - COMPLETION DEPTH: 25.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 16.0 P = Pocket Penetrometer T=Torvan¢ I Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-24-96 END DATE: 12-24-96 Triaxial I Fugro-McClelland PLATE 12 I__ LOG OF BORING NO. M-5 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I COPPELL, TEXAS · '-' TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ~ i_1v L~I.U ~ -* ~m ma. ~ o STRATUM DESCRIPTION" ELEV./ .LU~, :DI-- ,,0-- I-lO I ~Cl ~Q.=~U.J SUR. F. ELEVATIO N: UNKNOW'N r.~ -- P 1.0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with 30 92 1' 2.0 intermixed sand and sandy clay soils 18 114 1.3 I P 4_~ 13 120 26 I - 5 P 2.5 18 113 P 4.0 23 109 Ir-, P 2.0 - with shale fragments from 8.0 to 10.0 21 107 2.2 feet - 10 P 4.0 - with gravel below 10.0 feet 17 I"' FILL, Clay (CH), Dark Brown 11.0 P4.0 38 ] '= 27 55 20 35 - 15 FILL, Sand (SP), Brown, with gravel 15.0 Ir-- 7 and clay seams SHALE, Dark Gray 18.0 i'- - 7..0 ~ ~ ~0o/~.s- I- - I- - - 25 -,- -'- ~0o/~..s- ~ loo/..s- - with sandstone layer at 31.0 feet - 35 ~'-'-'- . u~/l: ............................. 35.0 COMPLETION DEPTH: 35.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 14.0 P--Pock~t Pcn,'tromct~r T=Toncana Q = Uncow~olidat~d Undrained START DATE: 12-27-96 EN'D DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxial I'-' Fugro-M¢~lalland PLATE 13 LOG OF BORING NO. M-6 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELI~ TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING ' PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS v ~ -- ~. o STRATUM DESCRIPTION £LEV./ tat FILL, Clay and Sandy Clay (CH/CL), 112 1' 2~ Brown 1.5 112 1.4 - 5 e 4~ - with occasional intermixed gravel 18 i 113 2.2 ' below 5.0 feet P 4.5 19 108 - P~.0 17 52 20 32 P 2.o 19 . ':.,~'~'~; GRAVEL (GE), Tan, with sand = 15.0 I 4 _ ~ SHALE, Dark Gray 18.0 COMPLETION DEPTH: 25.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 15.0 P--Pock¢~ O -- [J'aconsolida~d Uadraiacd START DATE: ].2-24-96 END DATE: ].2-24-96 Fugro-~¢Cl~lland PL~T£ 14 LOG OF BORING NO. M-7 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELI~ TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITrENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761.1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS P 4.0 HLL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown, with 18 110 P 35 intermixed clay (CH) 18 106 1.0 ' P 2.s 18 104 P 4_s 12 119 - I P45 ] 12 31 14 17 114 4.8 - 5 P 4.0 10 - 10 P 33 18 P 2~ - with gravel below 12.0 feet 22 P 2~ 16 - 15 soft _ SHALE, Dark Gray 16.0 - 20 ~ --'i, oo!~.=~, ~ _ - with sandstone layer at 28.0 feet . _ 33.0 -3.5 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 33.0' DEPTH TO WATER: 14.0 P= Pocket Penetrometer T=Torvane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-27-96 END DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 15 TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS '" z~-x x . . .>',, d'~ ~ ,., ~o _~ ~- o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ wz =~_ I--i... i_iv OW - u. Zu- ,~ (D ,,,~ UO.,, (ft~ Z .-IH ,~1-1 ~:.-~ ,~ Z~_, C)l-- \ SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN (.1 O.o,I P 2.0 FILL~ Clay (CH), Brown, with 19 104 P 3.0 intermixed sandy clays 15 117 P2.1 12 113 1.2 '~ P 4.0 - with shale from 3.0 to 5.0 feet 21 i - 5 P ~.s L5 113 1 P4.$ 19 53 2! 32 110 3.6 ? 3.o 17 113 2.2 I P3.0 22 CMY (CH), Bro~ (possible f~) 9.0 - 10 P 2.0 I P2.0 19 i P 1~ - ~ ~avel below 13.0 feet - .~ P 4~ ~ ~l~/~J' S~, D~k Gray 17.0 ~ - ~th s~tone layer at ~.0 feet _~ - ~.~ ............................. -- j - 35 - COMPLE~ON DE.H: ~.0' DE~ TO WATER: 15.0 P~P~k~t P~n~tmm~t~r T~To~n~ ~ ~ Hncon~olidat~d Und~in~d ST~T DATE: 12-2&~ E~ DATE: 12-2&~ Tfia~al I Fugro-McClelland PLATE 16 ~ LOG OF BORING NO. M-9 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL; TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PI..AN OF BORINGS '" m ..a ~_ o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ~" ~ ~'Zt~= SURF. ELEVATION: ~WOW?~ . . ~ P 2.0 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown, with 17 28 13 15 98 ~ P 25 intermixed clay (CH) 19 .~ Pa.$ 20 99 1.7 .~ ? ¢5 - with shale from 3.0 to 4.0 feet 22 ~ P a.0 ' 28 98 $ ................................. $.0 - COMPLETION DEPTH: $.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P--Pocket Penetrometer T=Tooran¢ Q = Unconaolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-27-96 END DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxia! Fugro-McClelland PLATE 17 I LOG OF BORIN-(~' NO. M-10 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS ' DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ,., mo ~ ~u.~ STRATUM DESCRIPTION O~.Z~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN P 2.0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown 22 51 19 [ 32 P 3.O - with sand layer from 1.0 to 2.0 feet 14 96 13 P 25 19 P25 22 99 P4.5 22 1 "' I - 5 ................................. 5.0 I COMPLETION DEPTH: 5.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P--Pocket Pcnctrometer T=Torvane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-27-96 END.DATE: 12-27-96 Triaxial .-~ [ Fugro-McClelland PLATE 18 I- LOG OF BORING NO. S-1 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA'RIDGE BLVD. I~ COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTEN~r SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1159 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS v ~ --,_ o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ m~~ ~ ~,,, m. Fn.L, Clay (CH), Dark Brown, with 25 P 2.o intermixed sandy clays 24 100 0.7 I_, P 2.o 24 P3.O 18 30 13 17 108 P 3.0 25 95 0.9 i.-~ - 5 P 2.5 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, (possible fdl) 5.0 25 - 10 P a.o CLAY (CH), Brown 10.0 24 ? ~.o - with sandstone seams and calcareous 23 ~ COMPLETION DEPTH: 16.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P.*Pocket Penetrometer T..Torvane I 0 = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Triarial I Fugro-M¢Cl~lland ~I.~T£ 1 I LOG OF BORING NO. S-2 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I COPPELL; TEXAS m__.t.¥t,t:: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-I189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ,., o . ,u. cs STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ m ..~ ~, 45 FILL, Clay (CH), Browa, ~ti~ lS ].:15 ~ P 45 - with gravel below 2.0 feet 16 97 · I .~ P45 12 97 .~ P 45 - with shale from 4.0 to 5.0 feet 13 III 4.5 P45 21 54 23 31 .~'~! P 45 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, (possible f'fll) 7.0 22 COMPLETION DEPTH: IL0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pockct Penctrometer T=Tormn¢ Q = Unconsolidated Undrained - START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Triaxial l[. F:ugro-M¢Clelland ' PLAT£ 20 LOG OF BORING NO. S-3 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BL'gD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMI'UTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PI.AN OF BORINGS :~ ~: ~ ~_u-o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ~ ~ ~ ' ~' t.O ~.Z~.i~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNKNOWN 0 ~.o.I om x P 45' FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown 13 114 $0/6' 10 38 14 - 5 P n_$ CLAY (CH), Brown,'with calcareous 5.0 13 i 107 6.0 P 4-5 nodules, (possible fill) 14 [ 106 -10 P3.5 - with gravel below 10.0 feet 24 74 25 49 - 15 ~ CLAY (CH), Tan and Gray 15.0 31 COMPLETION DEPTH: 16.5'. DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pocket Pcnctrometer T=Torvan¢ Q ~ Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Triaxial Fugro-M¢Clelland P I_a, TE 21 LOG OF BORING NO. S-4 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOL~ DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELI~ TEXA~ ""' TYPE: INTERM,.I~NT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS .~ P 45 FILL, Clay and Sandy Clay (CH/CL), - 19 104 P [5 Brown 21 106. 0.8 P45 19 47 19 28 109 5.0 - 5 :~/,,,~ p 4-5 c~¥ (c~), Da~k Sro~ (possible r~) 5.0 ~ ~0~ ~'~ P 4.5 22 . ~-~r,~ P 4.0 - with sand seams from 8.0 to 9.0 feet 21 ' 'r~'/l P 4.0 - with calcareous nodules below 9.0 19 - 35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: IL0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P,. Pocket Pcnetromcter T~Torvane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: i2-28-96 Ttiaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 22 LOG OF BORING NO. S-5 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERM1TrENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0~1-11~ LOCATION: SEE PI.AN OF BORINGS ~. z'-'~ ~ a~ -~ ~"~ STRATUM DESCRIPTION -,- >- -- vtu- -------' ~- ~- '~' u~ ~"- ~,-'z om'- P 3.~ FILL, Clay (CH), Brown 20 ' 103 P 15 19. 106 1.0 P45 17 39 14 25 114 2.0 P 2_s 15 108 P 45 - with shale and gravel below 4.0 feet 14 - 5 27 FILL, Sand (SP), Brown, (possible f'fll) 5.0 CLAY (CH), Dark Brown, (possible fill) 22 8.0 27 - 10 P 25 - with gravel below 10.0 feet 27 SANDY SHALE¥ CLAY, Brown 13.0 22 . _:0_ -25- -30- _ -35 - - COMPLETION DEPTH: 15.5' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pocket Penetrometer T=Torvane O = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Triaxial Fugr0-McClelland PLATE 23 LOG OF BORING NO. S-6 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DEN'TON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMrlTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ,., o~ ~ ~_~.~ STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ M~ ~.~ ~. ', .-.-,- ~.v,, ~,,, ~E z,,,."' ~ _ _ _N,_ 12. Z~= SURF. I=-LI~/ATION: [ai'NIGN'OWN ~ Ix.l'q ~ 1~ 1.0 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown, with 15 ~ ~' ~ intermixed clay (CH) 20 106 0.7 "' 1.02 .~ ?Lo .19 ~ P 3.0 - with shale and rock fragments from 20 108 1.5 - ~ P 4.5 3.0 to 4.0 feet 16 102 '- 5'~ P3.0 SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown, (possible 5.0 17 107 1.9 ~/~ P'*.5 fill) 15 40 1.71 23 ,7/~./~.~_~. _p 4_~_[ SANDY CLAY (CL), Light Brown, with 10.0 14 . [,. _ca?_ar_eo_u_s _n o_ d_u l_e s_ ............... - ~ iL0 I - ' -:0- - . -25- - - 35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 11.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pockei Pcnetrometer T=Torvane Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Triaxial Fugro-M¢Clelland PI~T£ 24 LOG OF BORING NO. S-7 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL; TEXAS TYPE: INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS SURF. ELEVATION: UNY,=NOWN P2.S FILL, Sandy Clay and Clay (CL/CH), 18 107 1.1 P 2.5 Brown 15 107 1.2 P 2.0 21 105 2.2 -- 5 P 4.5 CLAY (CH), Brown, with calcareous I 5.0 22 86 P 4.5 nodules, (possible f'dl) 17 62 25 37 '~ P 4.5 26 '~ P 4.5 27 - 10 ? 2-~ CLAY (CH), Brown 10.0 20 P 4.0 16 - 15 -~"~'~' / :~7 GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 14.0 ..._..~._ / ................................. COMPLETION DEPTH: 15.5' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P,,Pockct Penetrometer T=Torvan¢ Q= Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 25 LOG OF BORING NO. S-8 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPEIJ.~ TEXAS TYPE: INTERMrrTENT SAMPLING PRO. JE .CT .NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS 'l. z,--'~ ' ~.. ,~ t~O ,, LAYER ,~ ,,.~ I.--,._, ~.., >-~' tU:Z: v C) U. I-- I-I -, (.1,~ C] I-liD o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV. ,,, .~ P 3.0 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown 20 ~ P z5 18 111 1.4 ~ P 3.0 ' 20 ~ol P 35 23 101 2.2 '~<~:~ P4.o 22 53 22 31 102 5 ~ p,~c~A¥ (cH~, Oa~k ~,own, ~po,.,i~ rZ> ' 5.0 ~0 2'//,1 P3.o ~0 '~//'~ .................................11. - - -35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 11.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P= Pocket Penctrome~er T=Tor~n¢ Q = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-28-96 END DATE: 12-28-96 Ttiaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 26 LOG OF BORING NO. T-1 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPEI.I~ TEXAS TYPE: INTE~NT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS c3 0.;2=,~, SUI~F. F-I..E-VATION: UNKNOWN P 3.0 ~ Clay (CH), Brown, w{th sandy 22 102 P a_S clay seams 19 109 L6 P 25 20 106 P 25 - with gravel below 3.0 feet 22 60 24 36 P 45 23 100 $ P 45 16 118 Pa.o 18 P 2.o 23 107 ~ SANDY CLAY (CL), Dark Brown 8.0 '.. -~.. GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 12.0 35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 16.0' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pockct Penctromctcr T=Torvaa¢ O = Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-26-96 END DATE: 12-26-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 27 LOG OF BORING NO. T-2 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS . DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE. INTERMITTENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761.1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS .~ ,,~ I~10 ~ LAYER .~ ,~.~ I--,_, ..,,, >-^ UJ3:: ~, ~ -- ,_ o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ~.., ~'~' '~- ~,,,~- Hv .... ~ . ,,zco,... o \ ~.Z~: SURF. ELEVATION: UN'KNOVv"N P 2.0 FILL, Sandy Clay (CL), Brown, with 17 104 P 2.0 intermixed clay (CH) 21 115 1.4 P 2.0 - with calcareous nodules below 2.0 19 37 1.5 22 112 p ~ feet 16 104 2.3 I -- - 5 P4_S 20 FILL, Clay (CH), D~k Brown 6.0 ? 4.0 11 i --' - 10 P 15 SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown 10.0 9 12 CLAY (CH), Tan and Gray, with ¥ 14.0 - 15 17 shalcy clay seams 28 -- ' - ............................... 16.5 ,' --20-- -25- ' ' - 35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 16.5' DEPTH TO WATER: 14.5 P=Pocket Penetromcter T=Totx, ane Q - Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-26-96 END DATE: 12-26-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PLATE 28 I LOG OF BORING NO. T-3 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS -- DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. I COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERM1TrENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS ,., ~--, -~ ~_"o STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ ~.~ ~ZI2= SURF. ELEVATION: UNI~OWN P 2.0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown with sandy 9 116 -- P 2~ day 20 106 0.9 I P 45 16 55 25 30 ~ P 45 16 106 I - 5 P 45 - with calcareous nodules below 5.0 18 110 feet P 4.5 FILL, Sandy Clay (eL), Dark Brown 7.0 24 105 3.9 I P 3.5 19 I -10 P3.O L5 2S 12 13 -- P 2.0 S,~dxFDY CLAY (CL), Light Brown 12.0 16 I ': :' SAND and CLAYEY S~dx~D (SP/SC), ~ 14.0 ~ - L5 -::':'. 51 Tan, with sandstone seams = [- - - 35 - COMPLETION DEPTH: 16.5' DEPTH TO WATER: 15.0 P=Pockct Pcnctromctcr T=Torvan¢ I Q = Unconsolidated Undrained -- START DATE: 12-26-96 END DATE: 12-26-96 Tdmdal 1~ Fugro-McClelland - PLATE 29 LOG OF BORING NO. T-4 PROPOSED ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS DENTON TAP ROAD AT VISTA RIDGE BLVD. COPPELL, TEXAS TYPE: INTERMrI'FENT SAMPLING PROJECT NO. 0761-1189 .LOCATION: SEE PLAN OF BORINGS .., _~ ~ cs STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEV./ m--, --,~_ ~-~_ H ~ua .... u. 0 I~ SURF. ELEVATION: UNI~OWN P 2.0 FILL, Clay (CH), Brown, with sandy 21 42 16 26 109 1.2 P 2.0 clay 19 111 1.2 P 2.0 2~ 97 P 45 - with calcareous nodules from 3.0 to 17 106 4.5 4.0 feet - 5 P45 20 60 24 36 105 P 45 FILL, Clay (CH), Dark Brown, with 6.0 18 P 45 sandy clay 21 : P 45 21 - 10 P 2.5 SANDY CLAY (CL), Brown 10.0 16 P 45 - with gravel below 12.0 feet 13 ':- '~'--' GRAVEL (GP), Tan, with sand 14.0 - 16.5 COMPLETION DEPTH: 16.5' DEPTH TO WATER: DRY P=Pockct Pcnctromctcr T=Torvane O - Unconsolidated Undrained START DATE: 12-26-96 END DATE: 12-26-96 Triaxial Fugro-McClelland PlaTE 30 TERMS AND SYMBOLS USED ON BORING LOGS FOR SOIL SOIL TYPES Clay (CL) Clay (CH} Sand ~.,~,Poorly-Gradecl Well-Graded Uett-Graded Landfill Gravel (GP) Sand (S~) Gravel SOIL GRAZN SIZ[ U.S.STANOAR0 SIEVE GRAVEL I SAND SILT ~ CLAY BOULDERS COBBLES COARSE i FINE I COARSE I MEDIUM I FINE I lSZ 76.Z 1~.1 &.76 2.00 0.420 0.074 0.~02 SOIL GRAIN SIZE [N M{LXMETERS STRENGTH OF COH£SFv~ SOILS (2) DENSITY OF GRA.N~,lLAR SOILS (2) COMP~ ~NG~ ~MBER OF BLOWS CONSI~N~ Ton~ P~r ~. Ft. PER ~.,N Very Soft Less Than 0.25 0-6 Very Loose Soft 0.25 to 0.~0 &-10 Loose Firm 0.S to 1.00 10-]0 Stiff 1.00 to 2.00 30-50 0ense Very Stiff 2.00 to ~.00 Over 50 Very 0ense Hard greater than 4.00 DESC~~ ~S FOR SOIL (1) Stratifi~ Alternating layers of varying 0ry No water evident in saute; fines Less ~teria[ or color ~ith Layers than plastic Limit. at Least 6 ~ thick. Moist Sable fee[s da~; fines near the plastic L~inat~ A[ternatfng [Byers of varying Very Moist ~ater visib[e on sa~Le;ffnes greater than ~teria[ or color ~ith the plastic Limit a~ Less than Li~id Limit Layers Less than 6 ~ thick. ~et Sable ~ars frae abler; fines greater than Li~id Ffssur~ Breaks along deffnite planes of fracture ~ith Little resistance ~S[ONS to fracturfng. Parting Incision <1/8" thick exte~ing thr~gh Stickensid~ Fracture planes a~ear ~[ish~ sable or glossy, s~ti~s striat~. Seam Inclusion 1/8" to ~" thick exte~ing through sa~Le~ BLocky Cohesive soil that can ~ broken Layer [ncLusion >5" thick exte~fng through doun into s~[t angular [~s ahich resist further breakdoan. Trace ,5[ of sable. Feu S~ to 10[ of Lens~ Znc:usions of s~[t ~ckets of S~ 10 to 25~ of s~[e. different soils. ~ith ~0~ to &5~ of REFERENCES: lnfo~t.ion on each ~ring Log is a c~iLation of s~surface ~itions ~ soil a~ rock c[assiffcations obtai~ fr~the fie[d as ~e[[ as fr~ 1) ASTM 0 2&~ [a~ratory testi~ of sables. Strata have ~en interpret~ accept~ procures. The strat~ Lines ~ the Logs ~y ~ transiti~a[ 2) Peck,~anson,a~ Thorn~rn,C197~, a~ a~roxi~te in nature. ~ater level ~asur~r only to those Foundation Enqineerinq. observ~ at the ti~s a~ places i~icat~, a~ ~y vary ~ith geologic co~ition or construction activity. Fugro-McClelland P TE TERMS AND SYMBOLS USED ON BORING LOGS FOR ROCK ROCK 'FY'PES SAMPLER TYPES l' ~hin- I~ _ . ~~8 ~ATHE~NG-G~E8 OF ROC~S Lo~ Sa~d~ess Can ~ carv~ ~ith a knife SLightly 0iscoLaracion i~ica~es Ve~ Hard Cannot ~ scra~ch~ aith a knife a~ ~isc:n~in~i~y surfaces. SOLb~ION & ~OID CONDITIONS -~e~iaL fs dec~s~ e~ disintegra:~ to a soil. Void Interstice; a general term for ~re space or other openings in rack. Highly Note than half of :he rock ~teria( is dec~s~ or Cavities S~tt soLutionat concavities, disfntegrat~ :o a soil. Vuggy Containing s~Lt cavities, usually C~oC~:e~y ALL roc~ ~teriaC is tin~ ~it~ a mineral of different ' dec~s~ a~/or c~sftion fr~ that ~ the d{s~ntegrat~ to so(L. The surro~ing rock. original ~ss structure s:ill large{y intact. Vesicular Containing n~rous s~ll, ~l cavities, fe~ by expansion of gas Residual Soil All ro¢~ ~ter{al f$ ~Les or stem ~ring solidification co~ert~ to soil. The of C~e rock. structure a~ ~cerfaL faOr~c are ~escrey~. Porous Containing ~re, interstices, er other o~nings ~hich ~y ~r ~y hoc fncerco~ct. Cavernous Containing cavi C~es or caverns, s~ct~s ~ce Large. ~os: fr~enc (n lids:ones a~ coLcmites. ~01~ OESC~ON SPA~'G ~INA~ON SC ~.AC~ Very Close <2" Horizonca~ 0-5 Slickensid~ Polish~, groov~ CLose 2"- 12" Sha~ l~v 5'~5 S~oCh Planar H~i~ CLose 12"-3' H~erate 35-65 :rreguLar U~Latfng er gra~Lar Vert i cle 85-90 BEDBUG ~IC~SS Very Th icX )~' Thick Thin 2"'Z' Very Th in Thinly-L~ina~ (0.08" REFERENCES: 1)8ricish $ta~rd(l~81) Infection ~ ea~ ~rfng log i$ a c~ilaCf~ of s~surface co~tci~s C~e of Practice for Site a~ sQ~L ~ rock class~fTcaclQ~ obca~n~ fr~ c~e f~etd as uell as fr~ lnvest~eatfon, a$ 5930. la~raco~ testing of s~les. Strata have ~en {ncerpreC~ ~ ~nty acc~t~ procures. The scrac~ lines on the Logs ~y ~ cransicf~aL Z}the Bridge Oiv.,Tx.~ighvay Oepc. approxi~ce in nature. ~acer Level ~asur~ncs refer only co those Fou~acfon ~xD[oratfon & Oesfqn ~anua[ obse~ ac the cf~s a~ places f~fcac~, a~ ~y va~ ~ich Z~ Edi tfon,revis~ g~e,197~, geologic co, ilion or conscr~c:ion activity. Fugro-McClelland P TE 32 COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 00300 - BID PROPOSAL FORM 2 3 PROJECT - COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH '1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 4 5 PLACE - OFFICE OF K. A. SPARKS CONTRACTOR, HAMILTON, TEXAS 6 7 DATE - MARCH 20, 1997 8 9 TIME - 2:00 PM 10 11 TO - BOARD OF TRUSTEES, COPPELL lSD 12 13 14 Pursuant to and in compliance with the Invitation to Bid and the proposed Contract Documents dated March 7, 1997, 15 prepared by SHW Group, Inc., relating to the above referenced projects, the undersigned, hereby proposes and agrees to 18 fully perform the work within the time stated and in strict accordance with the proposed Contract Documents, and addenda 17 thereto, for the following sum of money: 18 19 BASE BID 20 21 All labor, materials, services, and ecluil3ment necessary for completion of the work shown on the drawings and in the 22 specifications except the work indicated by the alternates. 23 24 DOLLARE~$ ) 25 26 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEMS - The undersigned agrees that the amount listed below is the total amount that is included in 27 the base bid for trench safety. It is the responsibility of the contractor to include the entire amount, as no extras will be 28 allowed. 29 30 Amount included in the Base Bid for Trench Safety: $ 31 32 CONTRACT EXECUTION - If awarded this contract the undersigned shall execute a satisfactory Construction Contract, 33 Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond and proof of insurance coverage, with the Owner for the entire work 34 as per the Contract Documents within 10 days after notice of award. It is agreed that this proposal is subjected to the 35 Owners acceptance for a period of 30 (Thirty days) from the above date. 36 37 Enclosed is a Certified Check or Bidders Bond in the amount of $ , in compliance with the specification 38 requirements. (5% of highest amount bid). 39 40 The above Check or Bidders Bond is to become the 13rol~erty of the Owner in the event the~ Construction Contract 41 ~when offered by the Owner) and the bonds and proof of insurance coverage are not executed within the time set forth 42 ~lbove. 43 44 EXTRA WORK 45 46 The unders'.~ned aqrees that should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the allowance for overhead and profit 47 combined shall be as scheduled below, but in no case shall it exceed 15%. The following applicable percentages shall be 48 added to the extra work cost as defined by Article 7 of the General Conditions. 49 50 Allowance to the Contractorfor overhead and profit for extra work provided by his own forces 15%. 51 52 Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work provided by a subcontractor and supervised by the 53 Contractor 10%. 54 55 The General Contractor shall not be allowed to charge the Owner for "extended overhead" charges relating to change 56 orders or weather delays. 57 58 The undersiclned aclrees to the followin.q: 59 80 'To furnish all labor and materials as shown and specified. 61 62 To com~31ete the base proposal including anticipated delay days due to inclement weather or muddy ground conditions 63 on or before July 1, 1998. BID PROPOSAL FORM 00300 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 To work working days per week. 2 3 To start work daysafter notice of award of contract. 4 5 The full amount of all allowances as specified in the General Requirements, Division 1. of the Specifications, is included in 6 the Base Proposal price shown. 7 8 Receipt is acknowledcled of the following addendas: 9 10 No. ' Dated 11 No. Dated 12 No. Dated 13 No. Dated 14 N o. Dated 15 16 The Bidder attests and affirms that he and his subcontractors are skilled and experienced in the use and interpretation of 17 plans, specifications, addenda and related bid documents and, that he has carefully reviewed the plans, specifications, 18 addenda and related bid documents for this project and has found them to be free of conflicts and/or ambiguities and 19 sufficient for bidding and construction purposes. Further, he has carefully examined the soils reports and the site of the 20 work, and - through his own personal observations- has satisfied himself as to the nature, location and requirements of the 21 .work; the character, quality and quantity of materials required; the difficulties likely to be encountered; the other items and/or 22 conditions which may affect the satisfactory performance of the work. He has based his bid solely on these documents - 23 and personal observations- and has not relied in any way on any explanation or interpretation- oral or written - from any 24 source other than those written and issued by the Architect/Engineer. 25 26 · Bidder aclrees that the Owner has the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive all informalities. 27 28 29 Respectfully submitted, 30 31 32 33 34 By: 35 Signature 36 37 38 39 Title 4O 41 (Seal - if Bidder is a corporation) 42 Company 43 45 END OF SECTION 00300 46 BID PROPOSAL FORM 00300 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 00400 - BID SECURITY 2 -3 4 SUPPLEMENTSTO BID FORMS 5 6 7 Each bid shall be accompanied by Bid Security in the amount of 5% of the largest possible total of the bid submitted. 8 9 The Bid Security shall be by cash, certified check o~ a Bid Bond. The Bid Bond shall be executed by the bidder as principal. 10 The Bid Bond form and security company are subject to approval by the Owner and the surety shall comply with 11 requirements noted in Article 11 of the Supplementary General Conditions. 12 13 The bid security shall be returned to all except the three lowest bidders within three days after opening of the bids. 14 15 The remainin(1 bid securities shall be returned promptly after the Owner and the accepted bidder have executed the 16 Contract, or, if no award has been made within thirty days after the date of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder 17 anytime thereafter so long as he has not been notified of the acceptance of his bid. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 00400 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 SECTION 00500 - AGREEMENT FORM 30 31 32 AGREEMENT (Stipulated Price) 33 34 The A.clreement shall be executed on AIA Document Number A-101 "Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and 35 Contractor", 1987 edition. A sample of this form is available from the Architect for your inspection. 36 37 38 END OF SECTION 00500 39 BID SECURITY 00400 - 1 ql-iW ~rnlln Inc Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 00600- BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 2 3 4 The Contractor shall furnish the following Bonds and Certificatesto be delivered simultaneouslywith the executed contract: 5 6 Performance Bond 7 8 Payment Bond 9 10 Certificates of Insurance - Provide on AIA Document G-705 (November 1978 Edition) 11 12 13 CONTRACT SECURITY 14 15 Performance and Payment Bonds shall be required for all work where the Contract exceeds $25,000.00. After award of 16 contracts by Owner, the successful Bidder, at Bidder's expense, must deliver to the Owner an executed Performance and 17 Payment Bond in an amount of 100% of the accepted bid as security for the faithful performance of the Contract and 18 payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with this Contract. 19 20 Bondin.cl Company must be licensed, listed, and approved in the State of Texas (State Board of Insurance). 21 22 Bondinq Company shall provide such other information as necessary to document net worth, stability, total bonding 23 capacity, and projects under coverage, etc., with adequate financial capacity for this Project. If the Contract sum exceeds 24 the underwriting limitation of the Surety on the most recent list of acceptable sureties, the Contractor shall provide the 25 Owner with evidence that the excess is protected by re-insurance or co-insurance in a form and amount acceptable to the 26 Owner. 2.7 28 Such bonds shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. 29 30 Costs of the above stated bonds and insurance are to be included in the bid. 31 32 Attorneys-in-Fact who si.cln bonds shall file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. 33 34 The Performance Bond shall guarantee the repair and maintenance of all defects due to faulty materials and workmanship 35 that appear within one (1) year from date of substantial completion. 36 37 38 END OF SECTION 00600 39 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00600 - 1' ~' '~^~ ~'",,,~ ~,~,' Architects and Engineers T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E 0 F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A201 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOC(-'ME:\'T HAS IMPORTA,XT LEGAL CO.YSEQUENCE$: C().\'.S'UL TA TIO.'V [~"ITH ,-LV A TTOR:\:EY 15 E3,'CO~-RAG'ED WITH RESPECT TO ITS' MODIFIC'A TIO.'V _ 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES -- 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY .-- 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE .~dXlD BONDS 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEPARATE CONTRACTORS - 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTRACT _ This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911. 1915. 1918. 1925. 193'v. 195 I. 1958. 1961, 1963. 1966. 196v, 19-(.). 19'v6. ~. 198- bx' The American Institute of Architects. 1 '35 New York Avenue. N.W.. Washington. D.C.. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substanti:/l quotation of its provisions without v~-ritten permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United .States and wilt be subject to legal prosecutions. CAUTION: You should use an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTIL~CT FOR CONSTRL'CTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAs · g 198- THE AMERICAN [NSTITI.:TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1 ~35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W. ',.X-:&SHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201.1987 1 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal proescutlon. INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work ......... 9.6.6.9.9.3.12.3 Building ?¢rmil .................................... 3.7. ! Acceptance of Work ........... 9.6.6~ 9.8.2.9.9.3.9.10.1.9.10.3 Ceplteliz~tion ....................................... 1.4 Access to Work ........................... 3.16, 6.2.1.12.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion .................... 9.8.2 Accident Prevention .............................. 4.2.3. 10 Certificates for Payment ....... 4.2.5. ,i.2.9, 9.3.3.9,4, 9.5, 9.6.1. Acts and Omissions ... 3.2.1.3.'2.'2.3.3.2.3.12.8, 3.18.4.2.3.4.3.2, 9.6.6. 9.7.1, 9.8.3. 9.10.1, 9.10.3. 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 4.3.9. 8.3.1. 10.1.4. 10.2.5. 13.4.2, 13.7. 14.1 Certificatesoflnspection. Testing or Approvai ..... 3.12.11. 13.5.4 Addenda ..................................... 1.1.1.3.11 Certificates of Insurance .................. 9.3.2.9.10.2. 1113 Additional Cost. Claims fnr ......... 4.3.6.4.3.v. -i.3.9. 6.1.1.10.3 Change Orders ...... 1.1.1. 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.11. 4.2.8. 4.3.3, 5.2.3. Additional Inspections and Testing ....... 4.2.6. 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 ".1.7.2, ".3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3. 11.3.1.2. Additional Time. Claims for ............. 4.3.6, 4.3.8.4.3.9, 8.3.2 11-3.4. 11.3.9. 12.1.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ....... 3.3-3.4, 9.4.9.5 Change Orders. Definition of .......................... -.2.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid ...................... 1.1.1 Chan~ss ........................................... 7.1 Aesthetic Effect ............................... 4.2.13.4.5.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK .... 3.11.4.2.8. ?, 8.3.1.9.3.1.1.10.1.3 AIIowance~ ........................................ 3.8 Claim. Definition of ................................. 4.3.1 All-risk Insurance ................................. 11-3-1.1 Clalma and Disputes ................ 4.3, 4.4.4.5.6.2.5.8.3.2 Applicatlona for Payment .. 4.2.5. ".3.7, 9.2.9.3, 9.4.9.5.1.9.6.3. 9.3.1.2.9.3-3.9.10.4. 10.1.4 9.8.3.9.10.1.9.10.3.9.10.4. 11.1.3. 14.2.4 CisIma and TlmelyAsssrtlon of Claima ................ 4.5.6 Approvals .... 2.4.3.3.3.3.5.3.10.2.312.4 through 3.12.8. 3.18.3, Claims for Addltional Coat ........ 4.3.6, 4.3.7, -~.3.9. 6.1.1. 103 ,~.2.7. 9.3.2. 11.3.1.4. 13.4.2. 13.5 CisImaforAddltionalTIme ............ 4.3.6,4.3.8,4.3.9,8.3.2 Arbitration ..................... 4.1.4. 4.3.2. 4.3.4. -t.4.4, 4.5, Claims for Concaaled or Unknown Conditions ........... 4.3.6 8.3.1. 10.1.2. 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Claims for Damages...3.18. 4.3.9. 6.1.1.6.2.5.8.3.2.9.5.1.2. 10.1.4 Architect .......................................... 4,1 Claims Subject to Arbitration ................. -t.3.2.4.4.4.4.5.1 Architect. Definition of ...............................4.1.1 Cleaning Up ................................... 3.15, 6.3 Architect Extent of Authority. ....... 2.4.3.12.6.4.2.4.3.2.4.3.6. Commencement of Ststutory Llmltstlon Pedod .......... 13.7 4.4.5.2.6.3. - 1.2. -.2.1. ".3.6. -.4. 9.2. 9.3.1. Commencement ofthe Work. Conditions Relating to ....... 2.1.2. 9.4. 9.5. 9.6.3.9.8.'2.9.8.3.9.10.1.9.11).3. 12.1, 12.2.1. 2.'2.1 A2.1. ~, .... 3.-.1. ~ 10.1. ~.12.6.4.~.-. 5.2.1. 13.5.1. 13.5.2, 14.2.2. 14.2.4 6.2.2, 8.1.'2. 8.2.2. 9.2. 11.1.3. 11.3.6. 11.4.1 Architect. Limitations of Authority and Responsibility. 3.3.3.3.12.8. Commencement of the ~'ork, Definition of ............... 8.1.2 3.12.11. 4.1.2. 4.2.1. 4.2.2.4.2.3. -t.2.6. 4.2.-. 4.2.10.4.2.12. Communications Facilitating Contract 4.2.13. 4.3.2. 5.2.1. ".4.9.4.2.9.6.4. 9.6.6 Administration ........................ 3.9.1.4.2.-L 5.2.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses .......... 2.-i. 9.8.2. Completion. Conditions Relating to ....... 3.11,3.15, 4.2.2..t.2.9, 11.3.1.1. 12.2.1. 12.2.-L 13.5.2. 15 5 3. 14.2.4 4.3.2, 9.4.'2.9.8.9.9.1.9.10. 11.3.5. 12.2.2. 137.1 Architect's Administration of the Contract .......... 4.2, 4.3.6. COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND ......................... 9 -t.3.-, ,'..,i. 9.4. 9.5 Completion. Substantial ......... -t.2.9. -t.3.5.2.8.1.1,8.1.3.8.2.3. Architect's Approvals 2.~. 3.5.1, 3.10.2. 3.12.6. 3.12.8. 3.18.3, 4.2.' 9.8. 9.9.1. 12.2.2. 13." Architect's Authority to Reject \Vork .... 3 5.1.4.2.6. 12.1.2. 12.2.1 Compliance with Laws ...... 1.3.3.6.3.-. ~, 13.-t.l.l. 10.2.2. 11.1. Architect's Copyright ................................. 1.3 11.3. 13.1. 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 13.6. 14.1.1. 14-t.2.1.3 Architect's Decisions ......... 4.2.6. 4.2.-. 4.2. l 1.4.2.12.4.2.13. Concealed or Unknown Conditions ..................... 4.3.6 -L3.2. 4.3.6.-t.-t.1.-L-t.-t. 4.5.6.3 -~6 ".3.8.8.1.3.85 1. Conditions ofthe Contract .................. 1.1.1.1.1.-.6.1.1 9.2.9.-t. 9.5.1.9.8.2.9.9.1. 10.1.2. 13.5.2. la.2.2. 14.2.4 Consent. Written .................. 1.3.1.3.12.8, 3.14.2.4.1.2, Architect's Inspections .......... 4.2.2.4.2.9.-i.3.6.9.4.2.9.8.2. 4.3.4. 4.5.5. 9.3.2. 9.8.2.9.9.1. 9.10.2. 9.10.3.10.1.2. 10.1.3. 9.9.'2. 9.10.1. 13.5 11.3.1. 11.3.1.4. 11.3.11. 13.2. 13.4.2 Architect's Instructions.. 4.2.6.4.2.-. 4.2.8.4.~ 7. 'z.4.1, 12.1. 13.5.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE Architect's Interpretations ................. 4.2.11,4.2.12.4.3.- CONTRACTORS .............................. 1.1.4.8 Architect's On-Site Observations ........ 4.2.2.4.2.5.4.3.6.9.4.2. Construction Change Directive. Definition of .............. - 5 1 9.5.1.9.10.1. 13.5 Conatructlon Chan~e Dlracthtea .... 1.1.1.4.2.8.-.1.1.3,9.3.1.1 Architect's Project Representative .................... 4.2.10 Construction Schedules, Contractor's ............... 3.10 6 1 3 Architect's Relationship with Contractor ....... 1.1.2.3.2.1.3.2.2. Contingent Assl~nment of Subcontracts ................ $.4 3 3.3.3.5.1.3.'.3, 3.11. 3.12.8.3.12.11.3 16.3.18.4.2.3. 4.2.4. Continuing Contract Performance .................... 4.3.4 4.2.6. 4.2.12.5.2.6.2.2, -.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.-. 12.1. 13.5 Contract. Definition of ............................... 1.1.2 Architect's Relatinnship with Subcontractnrs .... 1.1.2.4.2 3, 4.2.4. CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR -i.2.6. 9 6 5.9.6.4. ] 1.3.- SUSPENSION OFTHE ................ 4 3 '. 5.4.1.1.14 Architect's Representattons ................ 9.4.2.9.5.1.9.10. l Contract Administration ................... 3-3-3- 4.9.-i. 9.5 Architect's Site Visits ........ -i.2.2.4.2.5.4.2.9.4.3.6.9.4.2.9.5. I. Contract Award and Execution. Conditions Relating to ...... 3.-. 1. 9.8.2.9.9.2.9.10.1. 1~,5 3.10. 5.2. 9.2. 11.1 ;~ 11.3.6. 11.4.1 Asbestos .......................................... 10.1 Contract Dooumants, Tha ....................... 1.1, 1.2.- Attorneys'Fees ........................ ~, 18.1.9.10.2. 10.1.4 Contract Documents. CopiesFumishedandUseof... 1.3.2.2.5.5.3 Award of Separate Contracts ........................... 6.1.1 Contract Documents, Definition of ..................... 1.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Contract Performance During Arbitration ........... 4 3 4.4 5.3 Portlone of tha Work .............................. 5.2 Contract Sum ................... 3.8, 4.3.6.4.3 -. 4.4.4.5.2.3, Basic Definitions .................................... 1.1 6.1.3. -.2, 7 :~. 9.1, 9.-. 11.3.1. 12.2.4. 12.3. 14.2.4 Bidding Requirements ................ 1.1.1. 1.1.7.5.2.1. 11.4.1 Contract Sum, Definition of .......................... 9.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance ..................... 11.3.2 Contract Time ................. 4.3.6, 4.3.8.4.4.4. ~.2.1.3. ".3. Bonds1 Lien ...................................... 9.10.2 8.2.1. 8.3.1. 9.-, 12.1.1 Bonds. Performance and Payment ..... 7.3.6..t. 9.10.3. 11.3.9, 11.4 Contract Time, Definition of .......................... 8.1.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENEILS~L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRL'CTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION 2 A201-1;}87 AIA® * ~: 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITL'TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N xX'. WASHINGTON. D C. 20006 WARNING: Unlloensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright law~ and I$ subject to legal prosecution. CONTRACTOR ....................................... 3 Emergencies ................................. `1.3.7.10.3 Contractor. Definition of ......................... 3.1, 6.1.2 Employees. Contractor's .......... 3-3,2.3.`1.2, 3.8. I. 3.9, 3.18. l. Contractor's Bid .................................... 1.1.1 3,18.2, 4.2.3, ,i.2.6, 8.1.2, 10,2. 10.3. 11.1.1. la.2.1,1 -- Contractor's Construction Schedules ............. 3.10, 6.1.3 Equipment. Labor. Materials and .......... l. 1.3, 1,1.6, 3.`), 3.5. I. Contractor's Employees ....... 3.3,2.3.`1.2, 3.8.1.3.9.3.18, 4.2.3. 3.8.2. 3.12.3. 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3-13. 3.15.1, 4.2.-, 4.2,6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10,3, 11.1.1, lq.2.1.1 6,2,1, 7.3,6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 12,2.`). 14 ('.ontr~¢tor'a Llebilily Ineuran~ ....................... 11.1 Execution and Progress of the Work ....... 1.1.3. 1,2,3.3.2,3.4.1. Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 3,5.1, 4.2,2, 4.2.3. 4.3.4. 4.3.8.6.2.2. -. 1.3. -- and Owner's Forces ...... 2.2,6. 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4,2,4.6, 12.2.5 -,3-9. 8,2. 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 1,i.2. 14.3 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors ....... 1.2.4.3.3-2. Ex~utlon, Correlation and Intent of the 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2.5.3. 5-~, 9.6.2. 11.3.7. 11.3.8. 14.2.1.2 Contract Documents .......................... 1.2, 3,-7,1 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect .... 1.1.2, 3.2.1.3.2.2. Extensions of Time ............. `).3.1. `).3,8, 7.2.1.3, 8.3. 10,3,1 -- 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11. 3.12.8 3.16. 3.18, 4.2.3. `1.2.<t, `1.2,6, Failure of Payment by Contractor .............. 9,5.1.3. 14.2.1,2 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2. 7.3.`). 9.8.2, 11.3.-. 12.1. 13.5 Failure of Payment by Owner ................ 4,3.7.9.-. 14.1,3 Contractor's Representations.. 1.2.2.3-5.1.3.12.7, 6.2,2.8,2.1.9.3,3 Faulty XX'ork (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Contractor's Responsibility for Those Final Completion and Final Payment ........ 4,2.1.4.2.9.4.3.2. Performing the Work ................. 3.3.2.3.18, 4.2.3.10 4.3.5.9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 1 1.3.5, 12.3.1. 137' ~ Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ...... 1.2.21 3.2.3.~.3 Financial Arrangements. Owner's ...................... 2.2.1 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work ...................... 9.- Fire and Extended Cnverage Insurance ................... 11-3 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract .............. 1 `). 1 Contractor's Submittals ....... 3. lO. 3,11,3.12. `).2.7, 5,2,1.5.2.3. GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................ 1 -- ~.3.6, 9,2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9,1, 9.10.2. Governing Law .................................... 13.1 9.10,3, 10.1.2, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 Guarantees (See Warranty and Warranties) Contractor's Superintendent ...................... 3.9. 10.2.6 Hazardous Materials ............................ 10.1.10,2,`) Contractor's Supe~,ision and Construction Procedures ...... 1.2 .`). Identification of Contract Documents ................... 1.2.1 3-3. 3.`1. a.2.3.8,2,2.8.2.3, 10 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............. 5.2.1 -- Contractual Liability Insurance ................. 11.1.1 ,-7, 11.2.1 Indomnfflcatlon ....... 3. 1-7.3.18, 9.10.2, l 0.1 .~. 1 I. 3. I. 2.1 1,3,7 Coordination and Correlation ............... 1.2.2, 1.2.`). 3.3. l. Information and Servic~ R~qulred of the Owner ..... 2. ] .2.2.2, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3.6.2.1 4.3.,~. 6.1.3.6.1.~/. 6.2.6. 9,3.2.9.6.1.9,6,4.9,8.3.9.9.2, Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications . . . 1,3.2,2.5.3.11 9-10.3. 10.1.4. 11.2. I 1.3. 13,5.1. 13.5.2 __. Correction of Work ..................... 2.3.2.4.4.2.1.9.8.2. Injun/or Damage to Per~on or Pro[a~r~/ ................ 4.3.9 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.".1.3 Inspections ......................... 3.3-3, 3.3.-). 3.-.1.`).2.2, Cost. Definition of ............................ 7.3.61 1.L3.5 -).2.6. -L2.9. `)-3.6. 9.4.2.9,8.2.9.9.2.9,10,1, 13.5 Costs .... 2,~, 3.2.1.3.7.-). 3.8.2, 3.15.2. zLa.6. -).3.7. -i.3.8.1, 5.2.3. Instructions to Bidders ............................... 1.1. l 6.1.]. 6-2.3,6.3.7,3,3,3.-.3.6, 7.3--.9.-, 9.8.2, 9.10.2. 11.3.1.2. Instructions to the Contractor .... 3.8.1.4.2.8.5.2,1,-. 12.1. 13.5.2 - 11.3.1,3.11.3.4, 1 1.3,9. 12.1. 12.2,1, 12.2.`). 12.2.5.13.5. 1`1 Insurance ....... 4.3.9. 6.1.1. -.3.6).. 9.3.2. 9.8.219.9.1. 9,10,2.11 Cutting and Patching ........................... 3.14, 6.2.6 Insurance, Boiler and M~::hinery .................... 11.3.2 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3-1 ~,2, Insurance, Contractor's Liability ...................... 11.1 6.2.41 9,5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2,5, 10,3, 11.1, 11.3. 12.2.5 Insurance. Effective Date of ..................... 8.2.2, 11.1.2 __. Damage to the XX'ork ..... 3.1-).2, 9.9.1. 10.2.] .2.10,2,5.10.3.11,3 Insurance, Lo~ of U~ ............................. 11.3.3 Damages. Claims for., 3.18,-).3.9.6.1.1,6.2.5,8.3,2.9.5.1.2.10.1.4 Insursnce, Owner's Liability .......................... 11.2 Damages for Delay .................... 6.1,1.8.3.3.9.5.1.6.9,7 Insurance, ProporI~ ........................... 10.2.5.11.3 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of ......... 8.1.2 Insurance. Stored Materials .................... 9-3.2. 11.3.1 Date of Substantial Completion. Definition of .............. 8.1.3 INSURANCE AND BONDS ............................. 11 .... Da3-: Definition of ................................... 8.1 .-) Insurance Companies. Consent to Partial Occupancy . . 9.9.1.11.3.1 1 Decisions of the Arch;tect ...... `).2.6. -).2.-7, -).2.11. `1.2.12. `1.2,13. Insurance Companies. Settlement with ................. 11,3.10 `),3,2. `).3,6. `).4.1. `).-).-). 4.5.6.3. ~.3.6. 7,3.8. 8,1,3.8,3,1, 9.2, Intent ofthe Contract Documents ................ 1.2.3.3.12.`). 9.`), 9.5.1.9.8.2.9.9.1. 10.1.2. 13,5.2, 14.2,2. 1`).2.`) ,t.2.6. 4.2.-. 4.2.12. `).2.13. -,`1 Decisions to Withhold C~rtiflr~tlon .......... 9.5, 9,'7. 14.1.1.~ Defective or Nonconforming Work. Acceptance. ' Intem~t ........................................... 13.6 Rejection and Correction o f ............ 2.3.2.`).3.5.1,4.2,1. Inte~r~t~tion ........ 1.2.5. l.,t. 1.5, 4.1.1..).3.1.5.1.6.1.2.8.1..) `).2.6.4.3.5.9.5.2.9.8.2.9.9.1. 10.2.5. 12:13.-.1.3 Interpretations, Written .................. `) 2.11. `).2.12. -)-3.- Defective XX'ork, Definition of ......................... 3.5.1 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required ............. 4.5.6 Definitions ...... 1.1.2.1.113.1.3.5.1.3.12.113.12.2.3.12.3.4.1.1. Judgment on Final Award ................ -).5.1.4,5.a. 1.4.5.? -).3.1. 5.1.6.1.2. -,2.1. ~.3.1. ~.3.6. 8.1. 9.1. 9.8.1 Labor and Materials, Equipment .... 1.1.3.1,1.6.3.4, 3.5.1.3.8.2. Delays and Extensions of Time ......... 4,3,1.4.3.8.1, -).3.8.2. 3.12.21 3.12.3.3.12.'. 3.12.11.3.13.3.15.1. 6.1.1, 6.2.31 '~.2.1. -.3.1. '~-3--). -.3.5. ~.3.8. -).2.-. 6.2.1, -.3.6, 9.3,2.9.3.3. 12.2.`). 1`) _ -.3.9.8.1.1.8.3, 10.3.1. 14.1.1 .`) Labor Disputes ..................................... 8.3.1 Disputes ............ -). 1 .`). 4.3..),`), .).5.6.2.5.6.3, -.3.8.9.3.1.2 Laws and Regulations ....... 1.3.3.6, 3.-. 3.13.4,1,1, `).5.5. 4.5.~' Documents and Samples at the Site ...................... 3. l 1 9-9.1. 10.2.2. I 1,1. 11,3. 13.1. 13.41 13-5.1. 13.5.2. 13.6 Drawings, Definition of ............................. 1.1.5 Liens ................. 2.1.2. .).3.2. `),3.5.1. 8.2.2. 9.3.3. 9.10.2 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of ..... 1.1.1 .. 1.3. Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder ................ 4.5.5 ~ 2.2.5.3-11.5.3 Limitations. Statutes of ................... `).5.`).2, 12.2.6. 13.- Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions ..... 3.2 Limitations of Authority .................... 3.3.1. `1.1.2.4.2.1. Effective Date of Insurance ...................... 8.2.2. 11.1.2 `).2.3. `).2.7. -).2.10. 5.2.2. 5.2.-). -.4. 11,3.10 ~ AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENEIL-XL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAt · :~ 198~ THE AMERIC..MN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201-1987 3 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws -,nd i, subject to legal prosecution. Limitations of Liability ..... 2,3.3.2.1.351.3,7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11. Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 3.1~. 3.18, 4.2,6. 4.2,~. 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.,~.2, 9.6.4.9.10.4. Award Separate Contracts ......................... 6.1 lO.l.-t, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.37, 13.4,2, 13.5.2 Ownsr'sRIght to Stop the Work ................... 2,3,4,3.- Owner's Right to Suspend the Work ..................... 1-i,3 Limitations of Time. General ........... 2.2.1,2.2..L 3,2-1.3.--5. Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ................. 1-t.2 3.8.2. 3.10. 3.12.5. 3.15. l, -~.2. I. -t.2.7. 4.2.11. -t.3.2, Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications 4.3.3.4.3.4.:13.6. 4.3.9.4.5.4.2.5.2.1.5.2.3.6.2.4. ~.A.4._ ~.4, and Other Documents. . .............. 1.1.1.1.3,-.-.5.~ ~ 7.3 8.2.9.5, 9.6.2, 9.8.9.9. 9.10. 11.1.3. 11.3.1. 11.3.2. 11.3.5, PerflslOccupsncy or Use ................ 9.6.6.9,9, 11.3.11 11.3.6. 12.2.1. l ...... 13.5. 1~.- Patching, Cuttlngsnd ........................ 3.14,6.2.6 Limitations of Time. Specific '~ ~ ~ ~ ........... 1 ....... 1, -.4.3.10, 3.11. Patents, Royalties and .............................. 3.17 3.15.1, 4.2.1.4.2.11.4.3.4.4.4.5. 5,3, 5.4, -.3.5, 7.3.9.8.2. Payment, Applications for ................ -i.2.5. 9.2. 9.3, 9.4. 9.2.9.3.1.9.3.3.9.-~.1, 9.6.1, 9.-, 9.8.2.9.10.2. 11.1.3. 11.3.6. 9,5.1.9.8,3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4. 14.2.4 11.3.10. 11.3.11. 12.2,2. 12.2.4. 12.2.6, 13.-. 14 Payment, Certificatsefor ...........4.2.5.4.2.9.93,5.9.4,9.5. Lo"~$ofUselnsurancs ............................. '11.3.3 9.6.1.9.6.6. 9.-.1 98 ~ 9.10.1.9.10.3, 13.-. 14.1.1.3. 1-12.4 Material Suppliers .............. 1.3.1, 3.12.1. 4.2.-i. -i,2.6. 5.2.1. Psyment, Failurs of ........................ 4.3.-.9.5.1.3. 9.3.1, 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3.9.4.2.9.6.5.9.10.4 9.7, 9.10.2. 14.1.1.3. 1-~.2.1.2 Materials, Hazardous ........................... 10.1,10.24 Payment. Final ............ -t.2.1,42.9 -13.2 -t.35 9.10.11,1,2, Materials, Labor. Equipment and ..... I 1.3 1.1.6.3.-i. 3 51 3.8.2. 111.3. 11.3.5. 12,31 3.122. 3.12.3. ", 12.-. 3.12.11. 3.13. 3.15.1.4.2.-, 6.2.1. Psyment Bond, Periormance Bond and .............. -.3.6.-L -.3.6.9.3.2.9.3.3. 12,2,4. l-i 9.10.3. 11.3.9. 11.4 Means. Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Payments. Progress ....................... 4.3.4.93 9.6, Procedures of Construction .......... 3.3.1 -t.2 5, o. 2.~. 94,2 9.8.3. 9-10.3. 136 1-i.2.3 Minor Chsnge$ in tbs Work .......... 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 4.3.~. -.1, ?.4 PAYMENTS &ND COMPLETION ...................... 9, 14 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ....................... '13 Payments to Subcontractors .................. 5.-t.2, 9.5.1.3. Modifications. Definition of ........................... 1.1.1 9.6.2, 9.6.3. 9.6.-t. I 1.3.8. 14.2. ] .2 Modifications to the Cant ract ........... I, 1.1.1.1.2, 3.-.3.3.11. PCB ............................................ lO.l 4.1.2, 4.2. I, 5.2.3. - 8.3.1.9.- Performance Bond and Payment Bond ................ - 3.6.4. Mutual Rseponsibillty ................................ 6.2 9.10.3. 11.3.9. 11.4 Nonconforming Work, Acceptsnce of .................. 1~.3 Permits, Fese and Noticse ....... 2.2.3.3.7,3.13,-.3.64.10.2,2 Nonconforming Work. Reiection and Correction of ....... 2.3.1. PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ........... '10 4.3.5.9.5.2.9.8.2. 12, 13.-.1.3 PolychlorinatedBiphenyl ............................. 10.1 Notice ............. 23.24,321.32'2.3-3.3-4 5,9.3.12.8. Product Data. Definition of ....................... 3.12.2 3.12.9. 3.1-. 4.3. 4.4.-~. -~.5, 5.2.1, 5.3. 5.4.1.1. 8.2.2.9.4.1. Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings .... 3.11.3.12, 4,2.- 9.5.1, 9.6.1. 9.-. 9.10. 10.1.2. 10.2.6. 11.1.3, 11.3. 12.2.2. Progreazend Completion ................... 4.2.2.4.3.4.8.2 12.2.-i. 13.3. 13.5.1, 1~52. 14 Progress Payments ........................... 4.3.4,9.3. Notice, Written ............. 2.3.2.4.3.9,3.12.8.3.1'2.9.4.3. 9.6, 9.8.3.9,10.3. 13.6. 14.2.3 4.-i.4.4.5.52 . 5 ~,. ~, 4,1,1.8,2,2.9,4,1.9.5.1, 9.-. 9.10. Project, Definitionofthc ............................ 1.1.4 10.1.2. 10.26. ll.l.~i. 117,, ') ) ~ ~ ) ProjectMsnual, Definitionofthe 1.1.7 _ . I ...... 1 ....-t. 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 ...................... Notice of Testing and Inspections ............... 13.5.1.13.5.2 Project Y. lanuals ................................. 2.2.-3, Notice to Proceed .................................. 82.2 Proiect Representatives ............................ -12.10 ~ , ~ Property Insurance 161.2.5, 11.3 Notices, Permits, Fess and ............. 3.7, 3.13. -.3.6.4.10.2.2' · ........................ Observations. Architect's On-Site ................ 4.2.2.4.2.5. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ............. 10 43.6 9.4.2. 9.5.1. 9.10.1, 13.5 Rcgulations and Laws ............ 1.3.3.6.3.-.3.13.4.1.1.4.5.5. Observations. Contractor's ...................... 1.2.2.3.2.'2 4.5.-. 10.2 2. 11.1. 11.3. 13 1. 13.4. 13.5.1. 13.5.2. 13.6. 14 Occupancy. ..................... 9.6.6.9.8.1.9.9, 11.3.11 Reiection of Work ..................... 3 5.1.4.2.6. 12.2 On-Site Inspections by the Architect .......... 4.2.2.4.2.9, -~.3.6. Releases of Waivers and Liens ........................ 9.10.2 9.-t.2, 9.8.2. 9.9.2. 9.10.1 Representations .................... 1.2.2.3.5.1,3.12.-. ...... O ..... 8.2.1. 9.3.3. 9.4.2. 9.5.1. 9.8,2. 9.10.1 On-Site Observation~ by the Architect ......... 4 ~ '~ 4.2.5.4.3.6. ' '~ ') 9.4.2. 9.5.1. 9.10.1. 13.5 Representatives ......................... '2.1.1.3.1.1.3.9. Orders.\Vritten .......... 2.~,. '~.9 4 ~,-.-.82 2.11.3.9, 12.1. 4.1.1.4.2.1.4.2.10. 5.1.1. 5.1.2. 13.2.1 "'~ 13 5.2. Reso~uUon of Claims and Disputes 4.4, 1 .... 1-13.1 ................ OWNER ........................................... 2 Responsibility for Those Performing the \Vork ............ 3 3.2. Owner, Definition of ................................ 2.1 4.2,3.6 1.3, 6.2. 10 Relainage .............. 9.3.1.9.6.2,98 ~. 9.9.1.9. I 0.2.9.10.3 Owner, Information and Services Required of the ........ 2 1.2. Review of Contract Documents and Field 2.2, 4.3.4.6.9. 10.1.4. 11.2. I ~ [3.5.1. 14.1.1~ 14.].3 Conditions by Contractor .......... 1.2.2. 3.2, 3 ~.3. 3.12.- Owner's Authority . ....... 3.8.1. -t 1.3.4.2.9.5.2. I. 5.2.4.5.4. l. Review of Contractor's Submittals by -.3.1. 8.2.2.9.3.1. 9.3.2. 11.4.1. 12 2.4. 15.5.2. 14.2. 14.3.1 Owner and Architect 3 10 I 3 I 2 3.11.3.12. Owner's F}nancial Capability. .................. 2.2 1. 14.1.1.5 4 2.-. -t 2.9. 5.2.1. 5 2 :~. 9.2.9.8.2 Owner's Liability Insurance ....................... 11,2 Revicw of Shop Drav,'ings. Product Data Ov,-ner's kossofl;selnsurancc ........................ Il.3 3 aradSarnples by Cc)ntractoc ..................... 3 12 5 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors ............... 1.1.2. Rightssnd Remedies ............ 1.1.2 '2 3 2 4. ~ 5 I 3.15.2. 5.2.1, 5.4.1, 9.6.4 4,2.6. -~.3.6. -~ 5. 5.3. 6.1. 6.~ -.3.1. 831. 9.5,1, 9.-. 102.5. Owner's Right to Carr3.-Out the Work ....... 2.-t. 12.2.-~. 1-~ ...... * * ~ 1(}.3. 12.2,2. 1'2.2.4. 13.4, 14 Owner's Right to Cl®an tJp ............................ 6.3 Royalties snd Fstents ............................... 3.17 AIA DOCUMENT .4,201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTIL-XCT FOR CONSTRUC'I'ION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 4 A201-1987 AIA~ · ~ 198~ THE AMERICAN INSTITL'TE OF .ARCHITECTS, l '35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., XA'ASHING'I'ON. D.C. 200(X$ WARNING: Unllc®m~d photocopyln~ viol-tea U.S. copyright laws and I$ ~ubject to le~,,I pro,sourish. Rules and Notices for Arbitration ..................... 4.5.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience ............. 14.3 Safety of Per~onsand Property ...................... 10.2 Suspension of the Work ............. 4.3.-. 5.4.2. 14.1.1.4. 14.3 Safety Precautions end Programs ........... 4.2.3.4.2 .-. 10.1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract ...... 4,3 .~. 5.4.1.1. 14 ~ Samples. Definition of .............................. 3-12.3 Tax~ ...................................... 3.5, - Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Oats and ... 3 11,3.12, 4.2.- Termination by the Contractor ........................ 14.1 Samples et the Sits, Documents and ................... 3.11 Termination by the Owner for Cause ............. 5.4.1.1.14.2 Schedule of Values ............................. 9.2, 9.3. ] Termination of thc Architect .......................... 4.1.3. Schedules. Construction .............................. : 10 Termination of the Contractor ........................ 14.2.2 Separate Contract.., and Contractors .......... 1,1,4.3.14.2.4.2.4. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT ...... 14 4.5.5, 6. 11.3.-. 12.1.2. 12.2.5 Teetsendlnep~tlone ..... 3.3.3.,L2.6.-~.2.9.9..~.2.12.2.1.13.5 Shop Drawings. Definition of ......................... 3.12.1 TIME ............................................... 8 Shop Drawings, Product Date end Samples .... 3.11.3.12,4.2.- Time, Delays end Extsneions of .............. 4.3.8. ~.2.1,8.3 ~ Site, U~ of .............................. 3.13, 6. I. I. 6.2. i Time Limits, Specific ......... 2.1.2.2.2.1,2.4.3.10.3.11.3 15.1 Site Inspections ,.. 1,2.2.3.3 4, 4.2.2.4.2.9.4.3.6, 9.8.2.9.10.1. 13 5 4.2.1. 4.2.11. 4.3. 4.-~. 4.5. 5.3, 5.4, -.3.5, -.3-9, 8.2.9.2.9.3.1. Site Visits. Architect's .................-~.2.2, 4.2.5. -L2.9.4.3.6, 9.3.3, 9.-~. l, 9.6.1. 9.-. 9.8.2. 9.10.2. 11.1.3, 11.3.6. 11.3-10. 9.4.2. 9.5.1. 9.8.2. 9.9.2. 9,10,1. 13.5 11.3.11. 12 2.'2, 12.2.4, 12.2,6. ..,.- Special Inspections and Testing .............. -~.2.6, 12.2.1. 13,5 Time Limits on Clelme ......... 4,3.2.4.3.3,4.3.6.4.3.9.4.4.4.5 Specifications, Definition of the ...................... 1.1.5 Title to Work ................................. 9.3.2, 9.3.3 Specifications, The .......... 1.1.1.1.1.6, 1.1 - 1.2.4.1.3.3.11 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ............. 12 Statutes of Limitations .................... :).5.4.2. ]2.2.6. 13 ~ Uncovering of Work ................................ 12.1 Stopping the xX'ork ............. 2.3.4.3.- 9.-. 10.1 .'2. 10.3. 14.1 Unforeseen Conditions ..................... --).3.6.8.3.1. 10.1 -- Stored Materials .......... 6.2.1.9.3.2. 10.2.1.2.11.3.1.4. 12.2.4 Unit Prices ................................ -.I.4.- 3.3.2 Subcontractor. Definition of ........................... 5.1.1 U.~ of Documents ................. I.l.l. 1.3, 2.2.5.3.12.-. 5.3 SUnCONTRACTORS .................................. 5 Use ol Slt~ .............................. 3.13,6.1.1.62.1 Subcontractors. Work bv. ................. 124.332 3121. Veluae, Sch~lule of ............................ 9.~,9.3.1 ~ 4.2.3 5 ~, 5.4 Waiverof Claims: Final Payment .......... 4.3.5, 4.5.1.9.10 3 Subcontractual Relations .............. 5.3, 5.4. 9.3.1.2. 9.6.2. Waiver of Claims by the Architect ...................... 13.4.2 9.6.3.9.6.4. 10.2.1. 11.3.7. 11.3.8. 14,1,1. 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ......... 9.1(.).4. 11.3.-. 13.4.2 Submittals ......... 1.3.3.2.3.3.10.3.11. 3.12. -t.2.-. 5.2.1.5.2.3. Waiver of Claims by the Owner .............. 4.3.5.4.5.1.9.9.3. -.3.6.9.2.9.3 1.9.8.2.9,9.1.9,10.2.9.10.3. lO.I.2. 11. 5 9.10.3. 11.3.3, 11.3.5, 11.3.-. 13.4.2 --- Subro~ation, Waiver~ of ................. 6.1.1. 11.3.5.11.3.? \x-aiver of Liens .................................... 9.10.2 Substantlel Completion ............. -L2.9.4.3.5.2.8.1.1.8.1.3. \Vaivers of Suhrogation .................. 6,1.1. 11.3.5. 11.3.- 8,2.3.9.8, 9.9.1. 12,2.1. 12.2.2, 13.- Werranty and Warranties ........................ 3.5, 4.2.9. SubstantialCompletion. Definition of .................. 9.8.1 -4.3.5.3.9.3.3.9.8.2.9.9.1. 12.2.2. 13 -.1 3 Substitution of Subcnntractors .................. 5 2 3, 5.2.4 \Veather Delays ................................... 4.3.8.2 Substitution nf the Architect .......................... 4. 1-3 When Arbitration May Be Demand~l .................. 4.5.4 Sub,-.titutions of Materials ............................ 3.5.1 Work. Definition of ................................. 1.1-3 Sub-subcontractor. Definition of ....................... 5 1.2 Written Consent .............. 1.3. l. 3 12 8. 3.. 14.2, 4.1 Subsurface Conditions ............................. 4.3.6 4.5.5. 9.3.2. 9.8.2. 9.9.1. 9.10.2. 9.10.3. 10.1.2. 10.1.3. - Succe~$ora and Assigns ............................ 13.2 I 1.5. I. I 1.3.1.4. 11.3.11. 13.2. 13.a.2 Superintendent ............................... 3.9, 10.2.6 \X'ritten Interpretations ................... 4,2,11.4.2 121 4.3.- Supervision and Construction Proc~luraa .................. 1.2.4.3.3, 3..i. Written Notle~ ~ ...~ 2.4, 3.9. 3.12.8. 3.1 ~ 9~...i~..... 4.4.4. 4.'2.3.4.3.4.6,1.3.6.2.4. -.I.3. -.3.4, 8.2.8.3.1. lO. 12, 14 4.5.5,2.1.5.3.5.4.1.1.8.2.2.9.4.1.9.5.1.9.-1 9.10. 1().1.2. Surety . ............ -L-LI.-t.-~.-L 5.4.1.2. 9.10.2. 9 10.3, 14.2.2 10.2.6. 11.1 :;. 1 1.3. 12.2.2. 12.2.4. 13.3, 13.5.2 Surety. Consent of ....................... 9,9.1.9.10.2.9.10.3 Written Orders ............................. 2.3.3.9.4.3.-. Surveys ................................... 2.2.2, 3.18.3 -, 82.2. 11.3.9, 12.1. 12.2. 13.5.2. 14.3.1 -- AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENEIL~L CONDIT[()N.C; OF TI-iE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAx · ~ 198~ THE AMERIC.*N INSTITL'TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENL'E, NAV.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201-1987 5 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S, copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE I ment, construction systems standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the .Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, SupplementaD. and other Conditions), 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner Drawings. Specifications. addenda issued prior to execution of . and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the the Contract. other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modifi- Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract cation is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by Documents. the .Architect shall identify such unsigned Docu- both, parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change ments upon request. Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a repre- issued by the .Architect, Unless specifically enumerated in the sentation that the Contractor has visited the site, become famil- Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other iar with local conditions under which the Work is to be per- documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or formed and correlated personal observations with require- inx-itation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the ments of the Contract Documents, Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are comple- The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. mentary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement required by all: performance by the Contractor shall be between the parties hereto and supersedes prior' negotiations, required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Docu- representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Con- ments and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary tract may be amended or modified only by a Modification, The to produce the intended results. Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contrac- tual relationship of any kind ( 1 ) between the .Architect and Con- 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections tractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub- and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in the Owner and Contractor, The Architect sh'all, however, be establishing the extent of XX:ork to be performed by anT,,- trade. entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the words which have well-known technical or construction indus- Architect's duties, try meanings arc used in the Contract Documents in accord- 1.1.3 THE WORK ance with such recognized meanings. The term "Work" means the construction and services 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials. DOCUMENTS equipment and services provided or to be provided by the 1.3.1 The Drawings. Specifications and other documents Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations, The XX'ork prepared by the .architect are instruments of the .Architect's may constitute the whole or a part of the Project, service through which the \X-'ork to be executed by the Con- 1.1.4 THE PROJECT tractor is described, The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor. Sub- Thc Project is thc total construction of which the Work per- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or formed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a claim a copyright in the Drawings. Specifications and other part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors, documents prepared by the Architect. and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS will retain all common law. statutory and other reset-ed rights. The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Con- in addition to the copyright, All copies of them. except the tract Documents. wherever located and whenever issued. Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted showing the design, location and dimensions of thc Work, for to the Architect. on request, upon completion of the Work. generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, sched- The Drawings. Specifications and other documents prepared ules and diagrams, by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contrac~ 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS tor. are for use solely with respect to this Project, They are not to be used bk- the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other proj- consisting of the written requirements for materials, equip- ects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 6 A201-1987 AIA~ * =~' 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. ",X'ASHINGTON, D.C. 20~'X)6 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. ~-'ork without the specific written consent of the Owner and ments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy .Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited facilities. -- license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Draw- ings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the 2.2,4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall .Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. --'- this license shall bear the statutoD' copyright notice, if an.x', shown on the Drawings. Specifications and other documents 2,2.$ Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatoD- requirements or for other purposes in con- Drawings and Project Manuals :ts are reasonably necessan.' for ~ nection with this Project is not to be construed as publication execution of the Work. in derogation of the .Architect's copyright or other reserved 2.2.{} The foregoing are in addition to other duties and respon- rights, sibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those 1.4 CAPITALIZATION in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include Contractors), Mticle 9 (Payments and Completion)and .Article those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of num- 11 (Insurance and Bonds). bered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subpara- 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK __ graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in documents published by the .~wnerican Institute of Architects. accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents 1.5 INTERPRETATION as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carD- out 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents fre- Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, ~' quently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and arti- by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so cles such as "the" and "an." but the fact that a modifier or an empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contrac- article is absent from one statement and appears in another is tot to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement, such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the -- Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- ARTICLE 2 tractor or an.x- other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. '- OWNER 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.1 DEFINITION 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified :ts such in \Vork in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails --. the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner to commence and continue correction of such thc Owner or the Owner's authorized representative, default or neglect with diligence and prompmess, thc Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second 2.1,2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second to the Contractor in writing information which is necessan.' and seven-day period. If the Contractor within such seco,ad seven- relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or day period after receipt of such second notice fails to corn- enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a mence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner correct statement of the record legal title to the property on may. without prejudice to other remedies the Ov,'ner may ~ which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site. and have. correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or Agreement and. within five days after any change, information thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deft- of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded, ciencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES or failure. Such action by thc Owner and amounts charged to REQUIRED OF THE OWNER thc Contractor arc both subject to prior approval of the .Archi- tect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not -' 2.2,1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor. prior sufficient to cover such amounts, thc Contractor shall pay th¢ to execution of the Agreement and promptly from time to time difference to the Owner. thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made tD fulfill the Owner's --- obligations under the Contract. [Note.. Unless such reasonable ARTICLE 3 eridence were furnished on request prior to the execution q/ tt~e Agreement. the prospective contractor u'ould not be required to c:x'ecute the Agreement or to commence the ll'brk.] CONTRACTOR -- 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical 3.1 DEFINITION characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for thc site 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such of the Project. and a legal description of the site. in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract ~ 2.2.3 Except for permits ,and fees which are the responsibility Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" of the Contractor under the Contract Documents. the Owner means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assess- representative. ~ AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAl. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAS ' ~'198'VTHEAMERICANINSTITUTEOFARCHITECTS. l~35NEWYORKA\'ENL-E-N.W-.WASHINGTON. D.C. 20(X~6 A201-1987 7 WARNING: Unllcen.~d photocopying vlolato~ U.S. copyright laws and I..ubJect to legal prosecution. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND 3.5 WARRANTY FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be Contract Documents with each other and with information of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permit- furnished by the Ob-ner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and ted by the Contract Documents, that the Work b-ill be free sh-,Lll at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, omissions discovered, The Contractor shall not be liable to the and that the Work b-ill conform with the requirements of the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsis- Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these require- tencies or ()missions in the Contract Documents unless the ments, including substitutions not properly approved and Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission authorized, may be considered defective, The Contractor's and knowingly failed to report it to the .~chitect. If the Con- warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by tractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor. improper a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contrac- b'ear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect. tot shall assume appropriate responsibility for such perfor- the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence a.s to the kind mance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable and quality of materials and equipment. costs for correction. 3.6 TAXES 3.2.2 The Contractor shall t~e field measurements and verify 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar field conditions and shall carefully compare such field mca- taxes for the \Vork or portions thereof provided by the Con- surements and conditions and other information known to the tractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely activities, Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discox-ered shall scheduled to go into effect. be reported to the Architect at once. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.2.3 The Contract0'r shall perform the \Vork in accordance 3.?.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pur- suant to Paragraph 3.12. the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES necessary for proper execution and completion of the \York which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supe~-ise and direct the Work, and b'hich are legally required when bids are received or nego- using the Contractor's best skill and attention, The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construc- tiations concluded. tion means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures 3.?.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Con- required by laws. ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful tract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instruc- orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the tions concerning these matters, Work. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts 3.?.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that and omissions of the Contractor's employees. Subcontractors the Contract' Documents are in accordance with applicable and their agents and employees, and other persons performing laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regula- portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. tions, However. if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to per- shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and form ~he Work in accordance with thc Contract Documents ' ' necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate either by activities or duties of thc Architect in the Architect's Modification. administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed b.x.' persons other than the 3.?.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be con- Contractor. trary to laws. statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of por- the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work tions of Work already performed under this Contract to deter- and shall bear the attributable costs, mine that such portions are in proper condition to receive sub- sequent \Vork. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in thc Contract Sum ail allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equip- persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor ment. tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, shall not be required to employ persons or entities against heat. utilities, transportation, and other f~cilities and services - which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. necessary for proper execution and completion of thc Work. whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorpo- 3.8.2 Unless othcrxx-isc provided in thc Contract l~)cumcnts: rated or to be incorporated in the Work. .1 materials and equipment under an allOb'ance shall be 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the c)rder among the Contractor's emplc)yees and other persons Work: carrying ()ut the Contract. Thc Contractor shall not pennit .2 allc)wances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks fnaterials and equipment delivered at the site and all assigned to them. required taxes, less applicable trade discounts: AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTIL~CT FOR CONSTRUCTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION 8 A201-198;' Al.&' * ,~, 198" THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'35 NEW YORK A\'ENUE. N.',X'.. \VASI-IINGTON. D.C 2C~)06 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violatse U.S, copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. .$ Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes site. labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and to conform to the information given and the design concept other expenses contemplated for stated allowance expressed in the Contract Documents. Review bv the Architect N amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. not in the allowances; 3.12.$ '['he Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by submittals required by the Contract Documents with reason- ~ Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate con- alloxvances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (.2} changes in tractors, Submittals made by the Contractor which are not Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. · N required by the Contract Documents may be returned without 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT action. 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superinten- 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product -'~ Project site during performance of the Work. The superinten- Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submit- dent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given tat has been approved by the Mchitect, Such Work shall be in to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Con- accordance with approved submittals. tractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writ- ~ lng. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product written request in each case. Data. Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or ~ 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Con- will do so. and has checked and coordinated the information tract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's contained within such submittals with the requirements of the information a Contractor's construction schedule for the XX'ork. Work and of the Contract Documents, The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the __ Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings. Product Data. tract Documents. and shall provide for expeditious and practi- Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has ~ cable execution of thc Work. specifically informed the :M-chitect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the approval to the specific deviation, The Contractor shall not be Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordi- relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Draw- hated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows ings. Product Data. Samples tar similar submittals by the .Archi- -- the Architect reasonable time to review submittals, tect's approval thereof. 3.10.3 Thc Contractor shall conform to the most recent 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing schedules, or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or -- 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Mchitect on previous submittals. 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the .Architect is _. Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and not expected to take responsive action may be st) identified in marked currently to record changes and selections made during the Contract Documents. construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings. Prod- 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria uct Data. Samples and similar required submittals. These shall of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Archi- ' - -- Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the tect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifi- 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES cations, 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and 3.13 USE OF SITE '-- other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract distributor to illustrate some portion of the \York. Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with ._ 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, per- materials or equipment, formance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipmcnt for some portion of the \Vork. 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the XX'ork or to make its parts ~ 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate fit together properly, materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion · of the \Vork or fully or partially completed construction of the __ 3.12.4 Shop Drawings. Product Data. Samples and similar sub- Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or other- mittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their sub- wise altering such construction, or by excavation, The Contrac- mittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for tor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction bv the ~ AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOL'RTEENTH EDI'I'ION AIAa * '~' 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D (2. 200(16 /~01-1!}87 9 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings. not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unrea- opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifica- sonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the tions, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or 3.15 CLEANING UP failure to give is the priman.: cause of the injuD, or damage. 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surround- lng area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract, At completion of the ARTICLE 4 XX-'ork the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 4.1 ARCHITECT 3.15.2 If the Contractor falls to clean up as provided in the 4.1.1 The Architect is the person law:fully licensed to practice Contract Documents. the Owner may do so and the cost architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture iden- thereof shall be charged to the Contractor, tiffed as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term :'Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized 3.16.1 Thc Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever representative. located, 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, Owner. Contractor and ;~chitect. Consent shall not be unrea- The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of sonably withheld. patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for 4.1,3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect. such defense or loss when a particular design, process or prod- the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Con- uct of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by tractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents. However. if the Contractor has rea- the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. son to believe that the required design, process or product is an 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs ~t. 1.2 and 4.1.3 infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for shall be subject to arbitration, such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect, 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract 3.16.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law. the Contractor as described in the Contract Documents. and will be the shall indemnif.x- and hold harmless the Owner..Architect..Archi- Owner's representative (1) during construction. (2) until final tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them payment is due and ('3) with the Owner's concurrence, from from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- time to time during the correction period described in Para- lng but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting graph ~ '~ 1 .... The Architect will advise and consult with the from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, dam- Owner, The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the age. loss or expense is attributable to bodily injun.-, sickness, Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible prop- unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance ertv (other than the XX-ork itself) including loss of use resulting with other provisions of the Contract. therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor. 4,2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the ~'ork is being performed in a manner indicat- such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, .Such obligation shall not be construed lng that the Work. when completed, will be in accordance with to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections described in this Paragraph 3.18, to check quality or quantity of the XX'ork. On the basis of on- site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the 3,16.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified Owner informed of progress of the Work. and will endeavor to under this Paragraph ~ 18 bv an employee of the Contractor. a guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the \York. Subcontractor. anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnifica- 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and tion obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by will not be responsible for construction means, methods. a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor and programs in connection with the Work. since these are under workers' or workmen's compensation acts. disability solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3,3, The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out thc Work in accordance with the Contract 3,18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the .Architect. the .~chi- of and will not be responsible for acts or ()missions of the Con- AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTR.&CT FOR CONS'I'R[.'CTION · FOCRTEENTH EDITION 10 A201-1987 AIA'- · ~. 198- THE AMERICAN INS'ITl-UTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-55 NE~' YORK AVENL'E. N.¥,' XX'ASHING-TON. D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. tractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, other persons performing portions of the Work. responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorpo- 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Admlnistra- rated in the Contract Documents. m tion. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially autho- 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concern- rized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communi- ing performance under and requirements of the Contract cate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contrac- "~ Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Commu- tor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made nications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and v-ith upon. If no agreement is made concerning the tLme within separate contractors shall be through the Owner. which interpretations required of the Architect shall be fur- 4.2.$ Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of nished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to fur- the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect v-ill reviev- and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will nish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is ' made for them. ~ issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect b-ill be does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementa- Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of ~ tion of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, Owner and Contractor. will not show partiality to either and whether or not such XX~ork is fabricated, installed or completed, b-ill not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so -- HDv-ever. neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision rendered in good faith. made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Archi- 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic tcct to the Contractor, Subcontractors. material and equipment effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the ~ suppliers, their agents or employccs, or other persons perform- Contract Documents. ing portions of the Work. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpre- limited purpose of checking for conformance with information ration of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Docu- or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The ments. The Architect's action will be taken with such reason- term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in ques- -- able prompmess as to cause no delay in the Work or in the tion betv-een the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relat- activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, ing to the Contract. Claims must be made by v-ritten notice. while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest v-ith the judgment to permit adequate review. Reviev- of such submittals party making the Claim. -- is not conducted for the purpose of determining thc accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and 4.3.2 Declalon o! ~rchitact. Claims, including those 'alleging quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or an error or omission by the .&rchitect. shall be referred initially performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the to the .&rchitect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A dcci- responsibility of the Contractor as required by thc Contract sion by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph -~.-i.-~, shall Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submit- be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation tals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner a.s to all such Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. Thc Architect's review shall not matters arising prior to the date final payment is duc. regardless - constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless othcrwise of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of specifically stated by the Architect. of any construction means, the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been corn- methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's pleted. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in assembly of which the item is a component, the event {1 ) the position of Architect is vacant. (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision 4.2.6 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construc- within agreed time limits. (.3) the Architect has failed to take tion Change Directives. and may authorize minor changes in action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 x¥ithin 30 days after the Work as provided in Paragraph w.4. the Claim is made. 14) 45 days have passed after the Claim has 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the been referred to thc Architect or (5) the Claim rclatcs to a date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final mechanic's lien. completion, will receive and forward to the Ov-ner for the -- Owner's review and records written warranties and related 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be documents required by the Contract and assembled by the made within 21 days after occurrence of thc cvcnt giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes Contractor. and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract 'Documents. the condition giving rise to the Claim. whichever is later. Claims __ must be made by ~¥ritten notice. An additional Claim made 4.2.10 If the Or'ncr and Architect agree, the Architect u-ill pro- after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order vide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. AIA DOCU~I=NT A201 * GENERAL COND['I'IONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRL'C'I'ION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA ~ · '~'198- TIlE AMERICAN ]NSTITL-TE OF ARCt IITECTS. 1-35 NE',X' YORK AVENUE. N.~'.. W:XSHING'I'ON. D.(;. 200(i~, A201-1987 11 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyri~lht laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 4.3.4 ~:mtlnulng ~ontmot Performanc®. Pending final reso- substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the lution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with perfor- and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the mance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make scheduled construction. payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party 4.3.5 Waiver o~ Claim8: Flffill Payment. The making of final to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the except those arising from: other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances aris- such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or ing out of the Contract and unsettled: damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first of the Contract Documents: or observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for addi- .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract tional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall Documents. be filed as provided in Subparagraphs ,t.3.' or ~.3.8. 4.3.6 Claima for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES ditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materi- 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of ally from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) the following preliminaD.- actions within ten days of receipt of a unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which dif- Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant. fer materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generallT- (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- recognized as inherent in construction activities of the tact expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice part, stating reasons for rejection. (4) recommend approval of by the observing partT' shall be given to the other party the Claim by the other partT' or (5)suggest a compromise. The promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later Architect may also. but is not obligated to. notify the surety, if than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Archi- any. of the nature and amount of the Claim. tect will promptly investigate such conditions and. if they differ materiallx' and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or cost of. or time required for. performance of anT' part of the obtain appropriate documentation. Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that Claim shall, within ten days after the :M'chitect's preliminary the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify additional supporting data requested by the Architect. (2) modif3' the initial Claim or {3) notify the Architect that the initial the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claim stands. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 2 i days after the Architect has given 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, requested by the Architect. the Architect will notifT' the parties the adiustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- in writing that the .Architect's decision will be made within mination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the -t.4. parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time 4.3.7 Claims ~or Additional Cnst. If the Contractor wishes to period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, emergency endangering life or property arising under Para- the Architect may. but is not obligated to, notify the surety and graph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is request the suretv's assistance in resolving the controversy. involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to 4.5 ARBITRATION stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a writ- 4.5.1 Controversies and Claima Subject to Arbitration. ?my ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract. tect. (q) failure of payment by the Owner. (5) termination of the or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accor- Contract by the Owner. (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other dance with the Construction Industry .M'bitration Rules of the reasonable grounds. Claim shall be filed in accordance with the American Arbitration Association. and judgment upon the procedure established herein, award rendered by tile arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time in anT- court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be provided for in Subparagraph 4- 3 5 Such controversies or given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the a decision as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.-~ shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party..Arbitration case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary,'. maT' be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim has been referred to the .~'chitect as provided in Paragraph -~ 3 for additional time. such Claim shall be documented by data and no decision has been rendered. AIA DOCUMENT .6.201 * GENEILttL CONI)ITIONS OF THE c~SN'I'RA( T FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOL RTEENTH EDITION 12 A201-1987 AIA¢- *(~'198-THEAMERICANINSTITUTEOFAR(tlITEC"S 1-35 NEW YORK AVENl E. NXX'.',,X'ASIIING-I-ON.D.C 2;0o6 WARNII~IG: Unlicensed photocopying viol;t®$ U.S. copyright laws and is sublect to legal prosecution. 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitra- ~ by arbitration in accordance with the Construction IndustD' tion is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails to include Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association cur- a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, rently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. __ the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Con- 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award, The award rendered by the tractor and with the American Arbitration .Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be ' entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court 4.5.3 Contract Performance During Arbitration, During arbi- having jurisdiction thereof. ~ tration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. AFmCLE 5 4.5.4 When ArbRration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbi- ~ tration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (1) the SUBCONTRACTORS date on which the Architect has rendered a final written deci- 5.1 DEFINITIONS sion on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have pre- sented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct ~ opportunity to do so. if the .~chitect has not rendered a final contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the ~'ork written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout described in Subparagraph 4 3 2 the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcon- ~ 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) tractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. made 'a-ithin 30 days after the date on which the party making 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a __ the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized ~ arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may representative of the Sub-subcontractor. be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration pro- ceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER concerned. CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless other'a'ise stated in the Contract Documents or -- 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time the bidding requirements, the Contractor. as soon ;rs prac- limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause ticable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to · L5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or emi- time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made ties (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment -- after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal pot- based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute tion of the \York. The Architect will promptly reply to the Con- of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13,-. ' ' tractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the -. 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Jolnder. No arbitration Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall any such proposed person or entity. Failure of thc Owner or include, bv consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reason- the Architect. the Architect's employees or consultants, except able obiection, -__ by written consent containing specific reference to the Agree- 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed per- ment and signed by the Architect, O'a'ner, Contractor and anv son or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made rea- other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall sonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contrac- made reasonable objection. tor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence 5.2.3 if the Owner or .~'chitect has reasonable objection to a is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has nc) contractor as described in .~ticle 6 shall he included as an orig- reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or inal third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. Ho'a-ever. no __ involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change consent to arbitration ora dispute not described therein or with unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in a person or entity not named or described therein. The fore- submitting names as required. going agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor. person to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under appli- or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes cable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof, reasonable obiection to such change. AIA OO~U~I:NT/~.01 · GENEIL-XL CONDITIONS OF TI-CE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION -- AI:X~ · ~ 198'~ THE AMERICAN INS'I'ITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1"35 NEW YORK AVENL:E, N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C 20006 A201-1987 13 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and I$ sublect to legal prosecution. 5.3 SUBCONTFIACTUAL RELATIONS 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activi- 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, wrinen where legflly required ties of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor. them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate con- to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Docu- tractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction sched- ments, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations ules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any and responsibilities which the Contractor. by these Docu- revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum ments, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcon- deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. tract agreement shall prese~'e and protect the rights of the The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the respect to the Work to be performed bv the Subcontractor so Owner until subsequently revised. that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all when the Owner performs construction or operations related rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be Contractor. by the Contract Documents, has against the deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Condi- Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-sub- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3. this Article 6 and .~-ticles 10. 1 1 contractors. The Contractor shall make available to each pro- posed Subcontractor. prior to the execution of the subcontract and 12. agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor. identify to the Subcontractor terms and condi- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford thc Owner and separate con- tions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at tractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall their materials and equipment and performance of their activi- similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents ties and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's con- available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. struction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS Documents. 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: execution or results upon construction or operations by the .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Para- proceeding with that portion of the Work. promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other graph 1-~.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by noti~-ing the Subcon- construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper tractor in writing: and execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or sepa- .2 assignment is subiect to the prior rights of the surety. rate contractors' completed or partially completed construction if any. obligated under bond relating to the Contract. is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to 5.4.2 If thc Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, defects not then reasonahh- discoverable. the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party rcsponsi- ARTICLE 6 hie therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrong- CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER fully caused by the Contractor to completed tlr partially eom- OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS pletcd construction or to property of the Owner or separate 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question 6.'1.1 The Owner re.sen-es the right to perform construction or between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be sub- operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate and to award separate contracts in connection with other poe- contractor has reciprocal obligations. tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the similar to these including those portions related to insurance same responsibilities for cutting and patching ;ts arc described and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner. the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided' else- 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP where in the Contract Documents. 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor. separate con- 6.1.2 \',;'hen separate contracts arc awarded for different por- tractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their tions of the Project or other construction tlr operations on the respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surround- site. the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each ing area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in case shall mean thc Contractor who executes each separate Paragraph 3.1 5, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost Owner-Contractor Agreement. among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just. AIA DOCUMENT A201 ,, GENERA[. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONS'I'RUCTION - FOURTEEN'I'H EDITION 14 A201-1987 AIA~ · -~ 198' THE A_MERI( AN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N W.. ',X'ASIqlNGTON. D.C 20(,~)6 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright law~ and Is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 7 .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percent- CHANGES IN THE WORK age fee~ or .4 as provided in Subparagraph '.3.6. 7.1 CHANGES 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the ?.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execu- Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the tion of the Contract. and without invalidating the Contract. by %Vork involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in in the Construction Change Directive for determining the pro- this Article - and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. posed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contrac- the Owner. Contractor and Architect: a Construction Change tor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, includ- Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and lng adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor: an order for a method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect tive immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. alone. ?.$.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees ?.1.3 Changes in the XX'ork shall bc performed under appli- with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum. the cable provisions of the Contract Documents. and the Contrac- method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Archi- tot shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the tect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of Change Order. Construction Change Directive or order for a those performing the \Vork attributable to the cfiange, includ- minor change in the Work. ins, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum. a reasonable ?.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or allowance for overhead and profit. In such case. and als() under subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally con- Clause -.3.3.3. the Contractor shall keep and present, in such templated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Con- form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting struction Change Directivc that application of such unit prices together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise to quantities of ~-ork proposcd will cause substantial inequity provided in the Contract Documents. costs for the purposes of to the Owner or Contractor, thc applicable unit prices shall be this Subparagraph ".3.6 shall be limited to the following: equitably adjusted. .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS unemployment insurancc, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the compensation insurance: Architect and signed by the Owner. Contractor and Architect, .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, includ- stating their agreement upon all of the folk)wing: ins cost of transportation, whether incorporated or .1 a change in the \Vork: consumed: .2 the amount of the adiustment in thc Contract Sum. if .3 rental costs of machiner?- and equipment, exclusive of any: and hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time. if others; any. .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees. and sales, use or similar taxes related to thc 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to thc Contract Work: and Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph -.3.3. .5 additional costs of supervision and field office person- 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES nel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order pre- 7.3.7 Pending final determination of' cost to the Owner. pared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect. amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for directing a change in the \Vork and stating a proposed basis for Pavtncnt. The ;unount of credit to be alloxvcd by the Contrac- adjustment, if any. in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. or tot to the Owner for a deletion or change w-hich results in a net both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive. decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost ;cs con- without invalidating the Contract. order changes in the \Vork firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits within thc general scope of the Contract consisting of addi- tions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Con- covering related XX'ork or substitutions arc involved in a tract Time being adjusted accordingly, change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any. with respect to that change. 7.3.2 ^ Construction Change Directive shall be used in the 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. adiustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an thc adjustment or the method shall be referred to thc Architect adjustment to the Contract Sum. the adjustment shall bc based for determination. on one of the following methods: ?.$.9 \Vhcn the Owner and Contractor agree with the deter- .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized ruination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in and supported by sufficicnt substantiating data to per- the Contract Sum and Contract Time. or otherwise reach agree- mit evaluation: ment upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or suh- immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execu- scqucntly agreed upon: lion of an appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAl. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONS'rRL'CTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION .&IA-" * ~ 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITI."I'E OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEXX YORK AVENI'E. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C 2(X.~0O A201-1987 ~ 5 WARNING: Unlicermed photocopying vlolate$ U.S. copyright laws and I~ subject to legal prosecution. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK ARTICLE 9 7.4.1 The .~'chitect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the 9.1 CONTRACT SUM intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner g.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, includ- and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written ing authorized adjustments, is the toral amount payable bx' the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under orders promptly. the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor TIME shall submit to the .~chitect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work. prepared in such form and sup- 8.1 DEFINITIONS ported by such data to substantiate its accuracy a~s the Architect 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Con- shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contv,~ctor's Applica- tract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. tions for Payment. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the \Vork is the date 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT established in thc Agreement. The date shall not be postponed 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the .Architect for whom the Contractor is responsible, an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. substantiating thc Contractor*s right to payment as the Owner 8.1.4 The term '*day' as used in the Contract Documents shall or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from mean calendar day unless othe~:ise specifically defined. Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents arc of the 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for paymem on essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Con- account of changes in thc Work which have been properly tractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period authorized by Construction Change Directives but not vet for performing the Work. included in Change Orders. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agree- 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for pay- ment or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely com- merit of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a mcncc operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective Subcontractor or material supplier because ora dispute or other date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the reason. Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. be changed bv thc effective date of such insurance. Unless the payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed delivered and suitably stored at thc site for subsequent i,'~cor- given bv the Owner. the Contractor shall notify the Owner in poration in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner. writing not less than five days or other agreed period before payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. mechanic's liens and other security interests. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with ade- shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with quate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's the Contract Time. title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME storage and transportation to the site f~)r such materials and 8.8.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the equipment stored off thc site. Work by an act or neglect of thc Owner or Architect, or of an 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the Owner. or by changes ordered in the Work. or by labor the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that disputes, fire. unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued authorized by thc Owner pending arbitration, or by other and payments received from the Owner shall, to thc best of the causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such clear of liens, claims, security interests t)r encumbrances in reasonable time as the Architect may determine, favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors. material suppliers, or 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall bc made in accordance with other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having applicable provisions of Paragraph -~ 3 provided labor, materials and equipment relating to thc Work. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8 3 does not preclude recovery of dam- 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT ages for delay by either party under other provisions of the 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contract Documents. Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENEIL-XL CONDITIONS OF TttE CONTP, ACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION 16 A201-1987 AIA~' ~' ~ 198'~ THE AMERICAN INSTITI,-TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-53 NEW YORK -kVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws ~nd Is subject to legal prosecution. Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contra(- 9.5.2 Wlnen the above reasons for withholding certification are tor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly removed, certification will be made for amounts previously due. or noti~: the Contractor and Owner in writing of the withheld. Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.6.1 After the .Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certiffcate for Payment v`-ill constitute a the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the representation by the Architect to the Owner. based on the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notib/' .&rchitect's observations at the site and the data comprising the the Architect. Application for Payment. that the ~/ork has progressed to the 9.S.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowl- upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount edge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in ac(or- paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's por- dance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representa- tion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is tions are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion v.,ith each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make and to specific qualifications expressed by the .Architect. The payments to Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the 9.6.$ The .Architect v,-ill, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- amount certified, However, the issuance of a Certificate for Pay- tor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of com- ment will not be a representation that the .Architect has (1) pletion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the taken thereon by the .Architect and Owner on account of pot- quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction tions of the XX'ork done by such Subcontractor. means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. (3) 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor .Architect shall have an obligation reviewed copies of restuisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made except as may otherv.-ise be required by law. examination to ascertain how or for what purpose thc Contra(- 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner tot has used money previously paid on account of the Contract similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2.9.6.3 and 9.6.4. Sum. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment a progress payment, or partial 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment and Contract Documents. may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part. to 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the extent reasonably ne(essaD, to protect the Owner. if in the Architect's opinion the representations to thc Owner required 9.'/.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment. by Subparagraph 9.o,.2 cannot be made. If the .Architect is through nc) fault of the Contractor. v.-ithin seven days after unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application. the receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Architect will notif3' the Contractor and Owner as provided in Ov.'ner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot date established in the Contract Documents the amount (er- agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a tiffed by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Con- Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the .Architect tractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the is able to make such representations to thc Owner. The .Archi- Owner and Architect. stop the Work until payment of thc tect may als() decide not to certi~- payment or. because of amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be subsequently discoveredevidenceorsubsequentobservations, extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the shut-down, delay and start-up, v.'hich shall be accomplished as Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: provided in .Article '~. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION .1 defective Work nor remedied: 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicat- Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is suffi- ing probable filing of such claims: ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or use. equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a por- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum: tion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor: to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed .5 reasonable evidence that the XX~ork will not be corn- or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to com- pleted within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid, plete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on balance would not be adequate to cover actual or such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Do(u- .'/ persistent failure to carry (.)ut the \X/ork in accordance ments. Ul:X)n receipt of the Contractor's list. the Architect will with the Contract Documents. make an inspection to determine v.'hether the Work or desig- AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENEIL.~L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA'~ · ~- 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'35 NEW YORK AX'ENLTE. N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C 2(X)06 ~.01'1 98~ 1 ~ WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright I~ ,,nd Is subject to legal prosecution. nated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the such inspection and. when the .M'chitect finds the ~-'ork accept- Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not able under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance formed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contrac- Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, tor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Corn- information and belief, and on the basis of the .M'chitect's pletion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contrac- Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is tor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Sub- representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as stantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat. utilities, have been fulfilled. damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Con- percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to tract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be tion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be sub- responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) mitred to the Owner and Contractor for their written accep- have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidenc- tance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. lng that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will 9.8.3 L'pon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or pot- that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period tion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE any. to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner. other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or par- receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests tially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such or encumbrances arising out of the Contract. to the extent and portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contrac- in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcon- tor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the tractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by thc insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and authorized Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactoD' to the by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities compelled to pay in discharging such lien. including all costs assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any. secu- and reasonable attorneys' fees. rity, maintenance, heat. utilities, damage to the ~-'ork and insur- ance. and have agreed in writing concerning the period for cor- 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work. tinal com- rection of the ~ork and commencement of warrarlties pletion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall. prepare and submit a list to the .~rchitect as provided under upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occu- Architect, and without terminating the Contract. make payment pancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of of the balance due for that portion of the \Vork fully completed the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agree- and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully com- ment between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is pleted or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Con- reached, by decision of the Architect. tract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that por- 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the tion of the XX'ork fully completed and accepted shall be submit- Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area ted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to such payment. Such payment shail be made under terms and determine and record the condition of the Work. conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of final payment shall 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon. partiai occupancy or use constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Sub- of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute accep- paragraph 4.3.5. tance of XX'ork not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor. a Sub- 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT contractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to Application for Payment. the Architect will promptly make the waiver described in Subparagraph-i.3.5. AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOL'RTEENTH EDITION la A201-1967 AiA~ · .~_. 198- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON. D C. 20I)06 WARNING: Unllcermnd photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 10 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by 10.1.1 The Contractor shatl be responsible for initiating, main- taining and supervising ail safety precautions and programs in existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reason- able safeguards for safety and protection, including posting ~ connection with the performance of the Contract. danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating 10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated sites and utilities. ~ biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, thc 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected materials or equipment or unLLsUai methocLs are necessa~- for and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing, execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed care and carry on such actMties under supervision of properly -- except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in qualified personnel. fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected 10.2.$ The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos cdr polychlori- (other than damage cdr lOSS insured under property insurance -- nated biphenyl (PCB). or when it has been rendered harmless, required bv the Contract Documents) to property referred to in -) by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. or in Clauses ! 0.,. 1.~ and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the accordance with final determination by the Architect tan which Contractor, a Subcontractor. a Sub-subcontractor. or anyone arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under directly or indirectly employed by an,,- of them. or by anyone --- Article 4. for whose acts they may be liable and ~'or which thc Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1 3, except 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of thc Owner ' to perform without consent any \Vork relating to asbestos or or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by ~ polychlorinated biphcnyl (PCB). either of them, or by anyone for v-hose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law. the Owner shall Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect..~'chi- addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3 18 ~ tect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- 10.2.~ The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of lng but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting the Contractor's organization at the site whose dut,`' shall be the from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's _ material is asbestos or polychlorinatcd biphenyl (PCB) and has superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor not been rendered harmless, pro,`-ided that such claim, damage, in writing to the Owner and Architect. loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease '10.2.? The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the or death, or to injulT to or destruction of tangible property construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. (othcr than the \York itself) including loss of use resulting ' -- therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by 10.3 EMERGENCIES negligent acts or omissions of the Owner. anyone directly or 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property. indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to pre- the Owner may be liable, regardless of whether or not such vent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensa- claim, danlage, loss (ar expense is caused in part by a party tion or extension of time claimed Bx- the Contractor on account indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights cdr obligations of 4.3 and Article- indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. ARTICLE 11 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY INSURANCE AND BONDS 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S UABILITY INSURANCE safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury cdr loss to: 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as be affected thereby: '.,,-ill protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo- may arise out of cdr result from the Contractor's operations rated therein, whether in storage on or off the site. under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally ~ under care, custody or control of the Contractor or liable, whether such operations be by thc* Contractor or by a the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subeontrao Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed bv tots: and any of them. or by anvonc for whose acts any of them may be .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as liable: -- trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, .1 claims under workers' cdr workmen's compensation. structures and utilities not designated for removal, reit)- disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts cation or rep'lacement in the course of construction, which arc applicable to the Work to be performed: ~ AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENEIL&L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTIL-Xc"r FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA* · ~ 198-THEAMERICANINSTITUTEOFARCHITECTS. l'735NE'9;'YORKAVENUE. N.X~C-.XX'ASHiNGTON. i).C 20006 A201-19~7 19 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying vlolate~ 1.1.8. copyright lavm and I, ,,ubJect ~o legal prosecution. .2 claims for damages because of bodily injuD', occupa- other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property tional sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is employees; earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner. the .3 claims for damages because of bodily inju~', sickness Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the or disease, or death of any person other than the Con- Work. tractor's employees: 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage liability coverage which are sustained (15 by a person and physical loss or damage including, x¥ithout duplication of as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false- employment of such person by the Contractor, or (25 work, temporary buildings and debris removal including by another person; demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal .$ claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty, including loss of use resulting therefrom: insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. a person or property damage arising out of owner- 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such prop- ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and ertv insurance required by the Contract and with all of the .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance appli- coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so cable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of 3.18. the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub- 11.1.2 ]'he insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be subcontractors in the Work. and by appropriate Change Order written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Con- the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contrac- tract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is tor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to put- greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or chase or maintain insurance as described above, without so claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption notifying the Contractor. then thc Owner shall bear all reason- from date of commencement of the XX'ork until date of final able costs properly attributable thereto. payment and termination of any coverage required to be main- tained after final payment. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deducti- bles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Docu- 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to thc Owner shall ments, thc Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. such deductibles. If the Oxvner or insurer increases thc required These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deduc- afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allovced to tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given the additional costs not covered because of such increased or to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the required to remain in force after final payment and are reason- Contract Documents. the Owner shall pay costs not covered ably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation because of deductibles. of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in thc Contract Docu- for Payment as required b5' Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information ments, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the v'due established in thc approval, and also portions of thc \Vork Contractor's information and belief, in transit. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. Thc Owner shall 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, required by the Contract [X)cuments or by law. which shall the Owner ma5' purchase and maintain other insurance for self- specifically cover such insured objects during installation and protection against claims which may arise from operations until final acceptance by thc Oxvner: this insurance shall include under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible interests of the Owner. Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub- for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability subcontractors in thc \York. and thc Owner and Contractor insurance unless specifically required by the Contract shall be named insureds. Documents. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. Thc Owner. at thc Owner's 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner to do business in the jurisdiction in which thc Project is waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use located, property insurance in the amount of thc' initial Con- of the Owner's property, including consequential losses clue to tract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the fire or other hazards however caused. entire \Vork at the site on a replacement cost basis without ye)l- 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for untarv deductibles. Such property insurance shall be main- risks other than those described herein or for other special haz- taincd, unless othcrwLse provided in the Contract Documents ards be included in the property insurance policy, thc Owner or otherwise agreed in writing by 'all persons and entities who shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRI.'CTION · FOL-RTEENTH EDITION 20 A201.1987 AIA~ · '~ 198' THE AMERI( AN NSTITt.'TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENL'E. N.W. '~'ASHINGTON. D (7. 20006 WARNING: UnllcensecI photocopying violates U.S. copyright Iow~ and 18 subject to legBI prosecution. 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adja- settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest cent to the site by property insurance under policies separate shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss ~ from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prop- to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection be erty insurance is to be provided on the completed Project made. arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph :i.5. through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- The Owner as fiducian.- shall, in that case, make settlement with ect during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all insurers in accor 'dance with directions of such arbitrators. If ~ rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required. damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate the arbitrators v-ill direct such distribution. property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or com- ~ 11.3.$ Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall panies providing property insurance have consented to such f'fle with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each Owner and the Contractor shail take reasonable steps to obtain __ policy shall contain ~ generally applicable conditions, defini- consent of thc insurance company or companies and shall, tions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to policy shall comain a provision that the policy will not be partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or · ' reduction of insurance. cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writ- ten notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contrac- 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor tot to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Con- waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcon- tract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipu- __ tractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the lated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the other, and (2) the Architect..~chitect's consultants, separate Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. contractors described in Article 6. if any, and any of their sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by be a potential benefician.' of bonds covering payment of obliga- -- property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or tions arising under the Contract. the Contractor shall promptly other property insurance applicable to the Work. except such furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciaD-. The Owner or Contractor. as appropriate, -'- shall require of the Architect. Architect's consultants, separate ARTICLE 12 contractors described in Article 6. if any, and the subcontrac- tors. sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK -- validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enum- erated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers ofsubro- 12.1.1 If a portion of the \York is covered contrary to the gation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in shall be effective ;ts to a person or entity even though that per- thc Contract Documents. it must, if required in writing by the son or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification. Architect. be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity Contract Time. had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 12.1.2 If a portion of the \Vork has been covered vchich the 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall :M'chitect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in Owner as fiducia%- for the insureds, as their interests may accordance with the Contract Documents. costs of uncover- -- appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 1 1.3.10. The Contractor shall pay lng and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order. be Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received charged to the Owner. If such \Vork is not in accordance with by the Contractor. and by appropriate agreements, written thc Contract Documents. the Contractor shall pa.x- such costs where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors unless thc condition w;ts caused by the Owner or a separate to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar contractor in which event the Owner shail be responsible for manner, payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK _ _ 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss. give by thc Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost thc' Contract Documents. whether observed before or after of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received ;ts Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed _ fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account pro- or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting ceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in actor- such rciccted \Vork. including additional testing and inspec- dance with such agreement a.s the parties in interest may reach, tions and compensation for the Architect's services and or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the ~ procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such expenses made necessary thereby. loss no other special agreement is made. replacement of dam- 12.2.2 If. within one year after the date of Substantial Ct)mple- aged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. tion of thc \York or designated portion thereof, or after the date __ AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERA[. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRL'CTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION .-\lA~ *'~'I98-TItEAMERIC.-XNINS'I'ITI'TEOF.-XRCHITECTS. 1-35NEXX'YORKAVENL:E. NXX'.W.ttSHINGTON. D.C.20006 A201-1987 21 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright I~ and Is subject to legal proaecutlon. for commencement of warranties established under Sub- ARTICLE 13 paragraph 9.9.1. or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the *'~'rOfk is found MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall correct it promptly after 13.1 GOVERNING LAW receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed bx.- the lax..' of the place Owner has previously given the Contractor a written accep- b-here the Project is located. tance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substan- 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind them- rial Completion and the acttlal performance of the Work. This selves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive accep- tires to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, tance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after dis- to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Con- cove%- of the condition, tract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of either party attempts to make such an a~ssignment without such the XX-'ork which arc not in accordance with the requirements consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the for -all obligations under the Contract. Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accor- 13.3.1 \Vritten notice shall be deemed to have been duly dance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of with correction of such nonconforming XX-'ork within a reason- the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it able time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at mail to the last business address known to the party giving the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs notice. of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Docu- costs and damages that should have been home by the Con- ments and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in tractor, including compensation for the Architect's sen-ices and addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and expenses made necessaD- thereby. If such proceeds of sale do remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the 13,4.2 No action or failure to act bv the Ow-ncr. Architect or Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, Owner, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or 13,5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work 13.5.1 Tests. inspections and approvals of portions of the which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Con- \Vork required by the Contract Documents or by laws. ordi- tract Documents. nantes, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless other- 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be con- wise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for strued to establish a period of limitation with respect to other such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent test- obligations which the Contractor might have under the Con- lng laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner. or with the tract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of as described in Subparagraph 12,2.2 relates only to the specific tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the obligation of thc Contractor to correct the Work. and has no Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspec- relationship to thc time within which the obligation to comply tions are to be made so the Architect may observe such procc- with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or nor to the time v-ithin which proceedings may be commenced approv',ds which do not become requirements until after bids to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- are received or negotiations concluded. tractor's obligations other than specifically to correct thc Work. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require addi- tional testing, inspection or approval not included under Sub- 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in paragraph 13.5.1. the Architect will, upon written authorization accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. from the Owner. instruct the Contractor to make arrangements the Owner may dc) so instead of requiring its removal and cot- for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity rection, in which case the Contract Sum wLll be reduced as acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections whether or not final payment has been made. are to be made st) the ,M'chitcct may observe such procedures. A[A DOCU~EN? ~l)l · GENEIL~L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRL'CTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 22 A201-1987 AIAg · ~198'THEAMERICANINSTITUTEOFARCHITECTS. 1-35NEXg YORK AVENUE. N~'..WASH]NGTON. D.C.20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocowIng violates U.S. copyright laws and le subject to legld prosecution. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Sub- ARTICLE 14 paragraph 13.5.3. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval OF THE CONTRACT under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs ma'de necessary by such failure including those of. repeated 14.1.1 The Contractor ma)' terminate the Contract if the Work procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the expenses. Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval of the XX'ork under contract with the Contractor, for any of the shail, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. be following reasons: secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public author- Architect. ity having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or emergency, making material unavailable: approvals required by the Contract Documents, the :M'chitect ' \x-ill do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place .3 because the .M'chitect has not issued a Certificate for of testing. Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Con- Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not tract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable made payment on a Certificate for Payment within delay in the Work. the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 1-~.3 constitute in 13.6 INTEREST the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total num- 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Docu- her of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in ments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such any 365-day period, whichever is less: or rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable where the Project is located, evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY upon seven additional days* written notice to the Owner and LIMITATION PERIOD Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner 13.7.1 .&s between the Owner and Contractor: payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substan- damages. rial Completion. any applicable statute of limitations 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through sh~ commence to run and any alleged cause of action no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events agents or employees or any other persons performing portions not later than such date of Substantial Completion: of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certifi- Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations cate for Payment..ks to acts or failures to act occur- under the Contract Documents with respect to matters impor- ting subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial rant to the progress of thc Work. the Contractor max-. upon Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certifi- seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the cate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations Architect. terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner shall commence to run and any alleged cause of as provided in Subparagraph action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE ex-ents not later than the date of issuance of thc final 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate thc Contract if the Certificate for Payment: and Contractor: .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issu- enough properly skilled workers or prope~ materials: ance of the final Certificate for Payment. an.,,' appli- .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials cable statute of limitations shall commence to run and or labor in accordance with thc respective agreements any aileged cause of action shall bc deemed to have between the Contractor and the Subcontractors: accrued in an,,- and all events not later than the date of .3 persistently disregards laws. ordinances, or rules, reg- any act or failhre to act bx- thc Contractor pursuant to ulations or orders of a public authority having juris- any warranty provided under Paragraph 3 5. the date diction: or of any correction of the XX-ork or failure to correct the .4 otherwise is guilt,,,- of substantiai breach ()fa provision Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2. or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure of the Contract Documents. to perform any duty or obligation bk- the Contractor 14.2.2 When any of the above rea.sons exist, the Owner. upon or Owner. whichever occurs last. certification by the .M'chitect that sufficient cause exists to jus- AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTR.S. CT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAz · ~198- TI'tE AMERICAN INSTITI'TE OF ARCHITECTS. I?35NEWYORKAVENUE. N.W..WASHINGTON. D.C 20006 A201-1987 23 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal pmmmutlon. ti~- such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon appli- Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, termi- cation, and this obligation for payment shall survive termina- hate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any tion of the Contract. prior rights of the surety: 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equip- FOR CONVENIENCE ment, tools, and construction equipment and machin- 14.$.1 The Owner max', without cause, order the Contractor in e~' thereon owned by the Contractor; writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Para- part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. graph 5.4; and ' .3 £mish the Work by whatever reasonable method the 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of Owner may deem expedient, performance of the Contract. including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interrup- 14.2.$ When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the tion. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not .1 that performance is, was or would have been st) sus- be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished, pended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible: or 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under of finishing the XX-'ork. including compensation for the Archi- another provision of this Contract. tect's sen, ices and expenses made necessa~, thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the 14.$.$ Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. AIA [~l,l~[lffl' ,~1~01 · GENERAL CONDII'IONS OF TIlE CONTIL-~CT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTtl EDITION 24 ~1201-'[ 98? AIA~ · ~ 1987 THE AblERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-35 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. \~. ASIIINGTt)N. D C. 200~X~ WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and i$ subject to legal prosecution. COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) SECTION 00800- SUPPLEMENTARYCONDITIONS The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the "General Conditions of the Contract for Con,~truction", AIA Document A-201, Fourteenth Edition, May 1987. Where an Article of the General Conditions is modified or any Paragraph, Sub-paragraph, or Clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that Article, Paragraph, Sub-paragraph, or Clause shall remain in effect. Article t: General/Provisions 1.2.3 Add the following: In the event of conflicts or discrepanciesamong the Contract Documents, interpretationswill be based on the following priorities. 1. The Agreement. 2. Addenda, with those of later date havk3g precedence over those of earlier date. 3. The Supplementary Conditions. 4. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 5. Drawings and Specifications. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. Article 3 Contractor. 3.3.5. Add the following paragraph: The Contractor expressly recognizes that the Architect does not owe him any duty to supervise or direct his work as to protect the Contractor from the consequencesof his own acts or omissions. 3.4 Labor and Materials Add the following paragraphs 3.4.1.1.3.4.2.1,3.4.3 to 3.4 3.4.1.1 The Contractor shall certify in writing that no materials used in the work contain lead or asbestos materials in them in excess of amounts allowed by Local/State standards, laws, codes rules and regulations; the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards and/or the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards, whichever is most restrictive. The Contractor shall provide this written certification as part of submittals under Section 01700, Contract Closeout. 3.4.2.1 Smoking and chewing of tobacco products is prhibited in enclosed new construction. 3.4.2.2 No glass bottles shall be brought on the construction site or school property by any construction personnel. 3.4.3 No request for the substitution of products in place of those specified shall be considered after the Contract has be executed. Article 4: Administration of The Contract 4.2.10 The Architect may appoint an employee or other person to assist him dudng the construction. These representatives will be instructed to assist the Contractor in interpreting the Contract Documents; however, such assistance shall not relieve the Contractor~rom any responsibility as set forth by the Contract Documents. The fact that the Architect's Representative may have allowed work not in accordance with the Contract Documents shall not prevent the Architect from insisting that the faulty work be corrected to conform with the Contract Documents and the Contractor shall correct same. 4.3.8.2.1 A guide for average climatological conditions shall be the bulletin "Local Climatological Data", published by the Department of Commerce. No request for an extension of time due to weather conditions shall be considered. unless accompanied by Weather Bureau documentary evidence showing by comparison that such weather is abnormal to any of the past five (5) years. 4.5 Arbitration: Delete this subparagraph and subsequent sub-subparagraphs 4.5.1, 4.5.2, 4.5.3, 4.5.4, 4.5.4,1, 4.5.4.2, 4.5.5, 4.5.6, and 4.5.7. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) Article 7: Changes in the Work: 7.3.3.5Add the following: The total Contractor mark-up for overhead and profit on any Change Order shall not exceed 15%. On work performed by a subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor, the total Contractor mark-up for overhead and profit for any change order shall not exceed 10%. Article 8: Time: 8.3.4 Add the following subparagraph: Extensions of time will be granted only for loss of scheduled work days, not for loss of calendar days. 8.3.5 Add the following subparagraph: The Contractor shall include in his base bid proposal all overhead and profit necessary to complete the project. No additional overhead or profit will be paid for extensions of time granted for loss of scheduled work days. Article 9: Payments and Completion: 9.112 Add the following subparagraph: In any contract where the total contract price at time of execution of the contract is $400,000.00 or more and the contract provides for retainage of greater than five percent of periodic contract payments, the school district shall deposit the retainage in an ~nterest-bearing account, and interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the General Contractor upon completion of the contract. 9.3.1 Add the following sentence: The form of application for payment shall be AIA Document G702, (Notarized) Application for Certification of Payment, Supported by AIA Document G703, Continuation sheet. 9.6 Progress Payments 9.6.1 Substitute the following paragraph: After the Architect has issued a certificate for payment, the Owner shall make payments on account of the contract as follows: Interim Payment: No later than fifteen (15) days following the end of the period covered by the application for payment, not less than ninety percent (95%) of the value based on the contract prices for labor and material incorporated in the work and of materials suitably stored at the site thereof unto the date of application for payment, as estimated by the Architect, less the aggregates of previous payments. 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment: 9.10.1 Add the following sentence: Final p~yment shall be due thirty days after final completion provided the conditions set forth in Par. 9.10.2 have been fulfilled. Add the following Paragraphs: 9.11 Add the following paragraph: Civil Statutes: "The provision of Art. 601f of Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes shall not apply to this contract. Times and methods of payment of invoices shall be as specified herein. If no time for payment of invoices is otherwise specified herein, the District shall have a reasonable time to make payment. There shall be no interest on any delayed, disputed or delinquent payment, nor shall the Contractor or vendor be entitled to attorney's fees in any dispute to collect such payment. Contractor or vendor expressly waives and gives up any rights it may have under Art. 601f. To the extent that any other provision in this contract shall conflict with this paragraph, this paragraph shall prevaiL." SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) Article 10: Protection of Persons And Property: -- 10.2.2 Add the following subparagraph: 10.2.2.1 The Contractor shall comply with and provide for, in all trenching work which will exceed a depth of five feet, trench safety systems that meet current Occupational Safety And Health Administration (OSHA) Standards. The -- Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating into his base bid the cost of these trench safety systems. All requirements shall be in accordance with detailed drawings and specifications. 10.2.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with Federal and State Regulations to verify use of only "lead free" and "- "asbestos frei" materials. Article 11: Insurance And Bonds: 11.1.1 Delete subparagraph 11.1.1 and substitutethe following: 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies licensed to do business in the state in which the project is located, such insurance as will protect him, the Owner, and Architect, from claims set forth below which may arise out of, or result from, the Contractor'soperations under the Contract, whether such operations be by himself, or by any Sub-Contractor, or be anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable (Sub-paragraphs .1 through 7 shall remain unchanged). Contractual liability shall be the same limits as #2 under 11.1.2 below. 11.1.1.8 Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis ~ including: 1. Premises operations 2. Independent Contractor's Protective ---- 3. Products and Completed Operations 4. ContractuaHncluding Specified Provisions for the Contractor's Obligations under Paragraph 4.18 5. Owned, Non-Owned and Hired Vehicles 6. Broad Form Coverage for Property Damage '-- 7. Personal Injury 11.1.2 Sub.stitute the following: The insurance required by sub-paragraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability indicated below. 1. a. Workmen's Compensation- Statutory b. Employer's Liability $100,000.00 2. ComprehensiveGeneral Liability a. Bodily Injury: Each Occurrence $250,000.00 Aggregate $500,000.00 b. Property Damage: Each Occurrence $500,000.00 Aggregate $500,000.00 c. Combined Coverage Limit $1,000,000.00 3. Automobile Liability a. Bodily Injury: Each Person $500,000.00 Each Occurrence $500,000.00 b. Property Damage: Each Occurrence $250,000.00 c. Combined Coverage Limit $750,000,00 .4. Independent Contractors Liability- Same limit as #2 above. 5. Products and Completed Operations - Same limits as #2 above, commenQng with issuance of final certificate of payment and remaining in effect for one (1) year. 6.Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide X, C and U coverage, as applicable. 7.Umbrella Excess Liability- $1,000,000.00 11.1.3 Add the following: Furnish one copy of certificates herein required for each copy of the agreement; specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by sub-paragraph 11.1.2. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 '-' 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 11.1.3.1 Add the following: The form of the certificate shall be AIA Document G705. Furnish to the owner copies of any endorsement.s that are .subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. Article 11.1.4. Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage. A. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate")-A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project- includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor.s/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmentalentity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in paragraph 406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that .person has employees. This includes, without ~imitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner- operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to the project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification (~odes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C, The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to. the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. ~ D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor.s current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing s~rvices on a project, and provide the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends dudng the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in wdting by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. ° H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing a~t persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; SUPPLEMENTARY'CONDITIONS 00800 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of ceverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificatesof coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects th~ provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificatesof coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. 11.3 Propertylnsurance: 11.3.1 Delete and ~ubstitutethe following: 11.3.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. Such insurance shall be in a company or companies against which the Owner has no reasonable objection. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Sub-Contractors and Sub-Subcontractorsin the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "All Risk" insurance for physical loss or damage inclucing, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If not covered under the All Risk insurance or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored off of the site or in transit when such portion of the Work are to be included in an application for payment under Sub-paragraph 9.3.2. If this insurance is written with stipulated amounts deductible under the terms of the policy, the contractor shall pay the difference attributableto deductions in any payments made by the insurance carrier or claims paid by this insurance. 11.3.1.1 Delete this clause. 11.3.1.2 Delete this clause. 11.3.1.3 Delete this clause. 11.3.4 Delete this Subparagraph. 11.3.8 Delete the first sentence and substitute the following: Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the Owner a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MARg? 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 11.3.6 Delete the last word of this subparagraph and insert the word "Owner". 11.3.7 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.7 by substituting"Contractor"for "Owner" at the end of the first sentence. 11.3.8 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.8 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" as fiduciary; except that at the first reference to "Owner" in the first sentence, the word "this" should be substituted for "Owner's." 11.3.9 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.9 by substituting"Contractor"for "Owner" each time the latter word appears. 11.3.10 Modify Subparagraph 11.3.10 by substituting "Contractor" for "Owner" each time the latter word appears. 11.4 Performance Bond And Payment Bond: 11.4.1 Delete Par. 11.4.1 and substitutethe following: 11.4.1 CONTRACT SECURITY: Performance and Payment Bonds shall be required for all work where the Contract exceeds $25,000.00. After award of contracts by Owner, the successful Bidder, at Bidder's expense, must deliver to the Owner an executed Performance and Payment Bond in an amount of 100% of the accepted bid as security for the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with this Contract. Bonding Company must be licensed, listed, and approved in the State of Texas (State Board of Insurance). Bonding Company shall provide such other information as necessary to document net worth, stability, total bonding capacity, and projects under coverage, etc., with adequate financial capacity for this Project. If the Contract sum exceeds the underwriting limitation of the Surety on the most recent list of acceptable sureties, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with evidence that the excess is protected by re-insurance or co-insurance in a form and amount acceptable to the Owner. Such bonds shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. 11.4.3 Add the following paragraph: The General Contractor shall provide copies of the Performance and Payment Bonds of the Mechanical Subcontractor and the Roofing Subcontractorto the Architect and Owner for their use. Add the following paragraph: 11.5 Antitrust Violations: "Vendors (Contractor) hereby'assigns to purchaser (Owner) any and all claims for overcharges associated with the contract (Contract)which arise under the antitrust laws of the United States, 15 U.S.C.A. Sec. I et seq (1973"). END OF SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 6 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 00820 - WAGE RATES 2' 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 Requirements 8 9 Pay not less than the minimum wa.qe scale and benefits indicated on the "Minimum wage Schedule"provided herein. 10 11 Waqes listed are minimum rates only. 12 13 No claims for additional comDensation shall be considered by the Owner because of payments of wage rates in 14 excess of the applicable rate contained in this contract· 15 18 AI3131icable Statutes - Vernon's Civil Statutes, Section 2 of Article 5159a which states as follows: "The Contractor shall forfeit 17 as a penalty to the State, County, City and County, City, Town, District or other political subdivision on whose behalf the 18 Contract is made or awarded, ten dollars ($10.00) for each laborer, workman or mechanic, for each working day. or portion 19 thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the said stipulated rates for any work done under said 20 Contract, by him, or by any subcontractor under him, and the public body awarding the Contract shall cause to be inserted 21 in the Contract a stipulationto this effect." 22 23 Payroll - In compliance with Article 515a, Sections 2 and 3, and Article 5159d, Section II of the Revised Civil Statute 24 referenced above, the Owner reserves the following rights: 25 26 To receive weekly payroll records. 27 To have the Contractor provide required earning statements to employees. 28 29 Minimum Waqe Rates - Pay prevailing basic wage listed, plus any applicable fringe benefits. 30 31 PREVAILING WAGE SCALE NOTICE 32 33 This determination of 13revailinq waqes shall not be ~:onstrued to prohibit the payment of more than the rates named. 34 Under no condition shall any laborer, workman or mechanic employed on this job be paid less than the minimum wage 35 scale. 36 37 In execution of this contract, the contractor shall comply with all applicable state and federal laws, including but not 38 limited to laws concerned with labor, equal employment opportunity, safety, and minimum wage. 39 40 Basic Rates: 41 42 Classification Basic Waqe Rates 43 44 AC Mechanic $14.09 45 AC Mechanic Helper 7.04 46 Bricklayer/Stone Mason 13.§5 47 Bricklayer/SM Helper 8·45 48 Carpenter 11.11 49 Carpenter Helper 8.53 50 Concrete Finisher 11.34 51 Concrete Finsher Helper 8.10 52 Concrete Form Bldr ° 10.45 53 Concrete Form Bldr Helper 7.80 54 Drywall Installer 11.63 55 Drywall Installer Helper 7.91 56 Drywall Taper 9.83 57 Drywall Taper Helper 8.14 58 Electrician (Journeyman) 13.09 59 Electrician Helper 8.20 60 ElectronicTechnician 9.87 61 ElectronicTechnician Helper 8.00 62 Floor Layer (Resilient) 14.28 63 Floor Layer (Carpet) 14.28 64 Floor Layer Helper 7.88 WAGE RATES 00820 - 1 SHW Grou~), Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 049.6455(SITE) 1 Glazier 11.12 2 Glazier Helper 5.67 3 Insulator 11.49 4 Insulator Helper 8.50 5 Lather 15.42 6 Lather Helper 9.00 7 Metal Bldg Assembler 9.23 8 Metal Bldg Assembler Helper 7.23 9 Painter 10.32 10 Painter Helper 7.00 11 Plasterer 15.08 12 Plaster Helper 9.56 13 Plumber/Pipefltter 12.11 14 Plumber/PipefltterHelper 8.36 15 Reinforcing Steel Setter -10.35 16 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper 8.11 17 Roofer 9.46 18 Roofer Helper 7.33 19 Sandblaster 8.00 20 Sheet Metal Worker 10.63 21 Sheet Metal Worker Helper 7.35 22 Sprinkler System Installer 11.38 23 Sprinkler System Installer Helper 8.20 24 Steel Worker StH 13.51 25 Steel Worker Strl Hlpr 8.07 26 Laborer Skilled 7.97 27 Laborer Common 6.63 28 29 EcluiDment Operators 30 31 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line, 32 Shovel 10.83 33 Forklift 9.11 34 Foundation Drill Operator 10.49 · 35 Front End Loader 9.90 36 Truck Driver 8.44 37 Welder 12.33 38 Welder Hlpr 8.53 39 40 Apprentice Pay-AIl Trades and Crafts - The minimum rate for apprentices shall be in accordance with the scale determined 41 by an approved apprenticeship program or $1.00 per hour less than journeymen's rates, whichever is lower. An approved 42 apprenticeship program is one approved by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship Training, and only 43 apprentices enrolled in an approved program may be paid apprenticeship rates. 45 Base Per Diem Rate - Hours Worked/DayTimes Base Hourly Rate 46 47 Multil31iers for Overtime Rates: 48 49 Over 40 hours per week: Base hourly rate times 1.5 50 Holiday~ Base hourly rate times 1.5 51 52 53 END OF SECTION 00820 54 WAGE RATES 00820 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01010- SUMMARY OF WORK 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 14 15 The Project consists of the construction of a new elementary school located on Spur 553 in Coppell, Texas. 16 17 The Work consists of Civil, Structural, Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical,and Plumbing requirements as indicated in the 18 drawings and specifications. 19 2O 21 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 22 23 General: During the construction period the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for construction operations, 24 including use of the site. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform construction 25 operations ~vith its own forces or to employ separate contractors on portions of the project. 26 27 28 OWNER OCCUPANCY 29 30 Partial Owner Occupancy. The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas 31 of the building, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the 32 Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 33 ' 34 A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to 35 Owner occupancy. 36 37 Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 38. 39 Prior to partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational. Required inspections 40 and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy'the Owner will provide operation and 41 maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems in occupied portions of the building. 42 43 44 OWNER-FURNISHED ITEMS 45 46 The Owner will provide the following items to the Contractor for installation by the Contractor in accordance with 47 manufactures recornmendations and instructions. 48 49 Item List: 5O 51 Toilet paper dispensers. 52 53 The Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items in accordance with the Contractor's 54 Construction Schedule, and will inspect deliveries for damage. 55 56 If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective or missing, the Owner will arrange for replacement. 57 58 The Contractor is responsible for designating the delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in the Contractor's 59 Construction Schedule and for receiving, unloading and handling Owner- furnished items at the site. The Contractor is 60 responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements, and 61 to repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. 62 63 54 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable). SUMMARY- OF WORK 01010 - 1 SHW Group. Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable). 4 5 6 END OF SECTION 01010 7 ... SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING . 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01027 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 15 This Section specifies administrativeand procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 16 17 The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are included in Section "Submittals". 18 19 20 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 21 22 Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 23 24 Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and form{, including: 25 26 Contractor's construction schedure. 27 Application for Payment form. 28 List of subcontractors. 29 Schedule of allowances. 30 Schedule of alternates. 31 List of products. 32 List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 33 Schedule of submittals. 34 35 Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest feasible date, but in no case later than 10 days before 36 the date scheduled for ,submittal of the initial Application for Payment. 37 38 Sub-Schedule~ Where the Work is separated into phases that require separately phased payments, provide 39 sub-schedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment. 40 41 Format and Content Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule of 42 Values. 43 44 Identificatior~ Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: 45 46 Project name and location. 47 Name of the Architect. 48 Project number. 49 Contractor's name and address. 50 Date of submittal. 51 52 Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for eacfl item listed: 53 54 Generic name. 55 Related Specification Section. 56 Name of subcontractor. 57 Name of manufactureror fabricator. 58 Name of supplier. 59 Change Orders (numbers) that have affected value. 60 Dollar value. 61 Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 62' 63 Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applicaions for 64 Paymentand progress reports. Break principalsubcontractamountsdown into severallineitems. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027- 1 SHW Groul), Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Round amounts off to the nearest whole dolla, r; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 3 4 For ea~;h part of the Work where an Application for Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or 5 fabricated and stored, but not yet installed, provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the 6 materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 8 Marclins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs and list individually in Applicationsfor 9 Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applicationsfor Payment shall be complete inclucing its total cost. 10 11 Overhead and Profit: Show separate line item value for overhead and profit. 12 13 Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place shall be shown as 14 separate line items in the Schedule of Values. 15 16 Schedule Updatin(~ List Change Orders as a separate line item when Change Orders or Construction Change 17 Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 18 19 20 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 21 22 Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the Architect and 23 paid for by the Owner. 24 25 The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion. and the final 26 Application for Payment involve additional requirements. 27 28 Payment Application Times: Each progress payment date is as indicated in the Agreement. The period of construction 29 Work covered by each Application or Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. Modification to payment ap- 30 plication times shall occur if agreed to by all concerned parties at the pre-construction meeting. 31 32 Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G 702 and Continuation Sheets G 703 as the form for Application for 33 Payment. 34 35 Application Preparatior[ Complete every entry on the form, including notarization and execution by person authorized to 36 sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner. Incomplete applicationswill be returned without action. 37 38 Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules 39 if revisions have been made. 40 41 Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction 42 period covered by the application. 43 44 Transmittat Submit 3 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 45 hours; one copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required. 46 47 Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments, and recording appropriate info'rmation related to the 48 application in a manner acceptableto the Architect. 49 50 51 Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment submit waivers of mechanics liens from subcontractors or 52 sub-subcontractorsand suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous application. 53 54 Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for retainage, on each item. 55 56 When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 57 58 The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 59 '60 Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with the Contractor's waiver of mechanics lien for the pedod of 61 construction covered by the application. 62 63 Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with 64 performance of Work covered by the application who could lawfully be entitled to a lien. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027- 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 2 Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to Owner. 3 4 Initial Application for Payment Administrativeactions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first 5 Application for Payment include the following: 7 List of subcontractors. 8 List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 9 Schedule of Values. 10 Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 11 Schedule of principal products. 12 Schedule of unit prices. 13 Submittal Schedule (preliminaryif not final). 14 List of Contractor's staff assignments. 15 List of Contractor's principal consultants. 16 Copies of building permits. 17 Copies of authorizations and licenses fro, m governing authorities for performance of the Work. 18 Initial progress report. 19 Report of pre-construction meeting. 2O 21 Application for Payment at Substantial Com01etior~ Following issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit 22 an Application for Payment; this application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously 23 for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 24 25 ' Administrativeactions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with this application include: 26 27 Occupancy permits and similar approvals. 28 Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements. 29 TestJadjustJbalancerecords. 30 Maintenance instructions. 31 Meter readings. 32 Start-up performance reports. 33 Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and maintenance. 34 Final cleaning. 35 Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety. 36 Advice on shifting insurance coverages. 37 Final progress photographs. 38 List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. 39 40 Final Payment Applicatior[ Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of the final 41 payment Application for Payment include the following: 42 43 Completion of Project closeout requirements. 44 Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. 45 Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled. 4(~ Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue delay. 47 Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner. 48 Certified property survey. 49 Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid. 50 Removal of temporary facilities and services. 51 Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements. 52 Change of door locks to Owner's access. 53 54 55 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). 56 57 58 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable). 59 60 61 END OF SECTION 01027 62 63 'APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027- 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01035 - MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 10 Specification sections, apply to this section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This section specifies administrativeand procedural requirementsfor handling and processing Contract modifications. 16 17 Related Sections~ The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 18 19 Division I Section "Allowances" for pro.cedural requirements governing the handling and processing of allowances. 20 21 Division I Section "Unit Prices" for administrativerequirementsgoverning use of unit prices. ' 22 23 Division 1 Section "Submittals" for requirements for the Contractor's Construction Sch'edule. 24 25 Division I Section "Application for Payment" for administrativeprocedures governing applications for payment. 26 27 Division 1 Section "Product Substitutions~' for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made 28 after award of the Contract. 29 3O 31 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 32 33 Instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, will 34 be issued by the Architect as part of a request for information on a Request for Information Form as included in the 35 Division-1 Section "Submittals". 36 37 Supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work. not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or 38 Contract Time, will be issued by the Architect on AIA form G710, Architect's Supplemental Instructions. 39 40 41 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS 42 43 Owner-Initiated Proposal Request~ Proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or 44 Contract Time will be issued by the Architect, with a detailed description of the proposed change and.supplemental or 45 revised Drawings and Specifications, if necessary. 46 47 Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not consider them an instruction either to stop 48 work in progress, or to execute the proposed change. 49 50 Unless other~ise indicated in the proposal request, within 20 days of receipt of the proposal request, submit to the 51 Architect for the Owner's review an estimate of cost necessary to execute the proposed change. 52 53 Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs, along with the total amount of purchases to be 54 made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiatequantities. 55 56 Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 57 58 Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work will have on the Contract Time. 59 60 Contractor-Initiated Chancre Order Proposal Request-~ When latent or other uhforseen conditions require modifications to 61 the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect. 62 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035- 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a 2 complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and 3 Contract Time. 4 5 Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs along with the total amount of purchases to be 6 made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 7 8 Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 9 10 Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions" if the proposed change in the Work requires the 11 substitution of one product or system for a product or system specified. 12 13 Proposal ReQuest Form: Use AIA Document G 709 for Change Order Proposal Requests. 14 15 16 ALLOWANCES , 17 18 Allowance Adiustment Base each Change Order Proposal Request for an allowance cost adjustment solely on the 19 difference between the actual purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the final measurement of work-in-place, 20 with reasonable allowances, where applicable, for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, 21 and similar margins. 22 23 Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 24 25 When requested, prepare explanations and documentationto substantiatethe margins claimed. 26 27 Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work claimed in the Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. 28 29 The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, 30 measure, or count. 31 32 33 CONSTRUCTIONCHANGE DIRECTIVE 34 35 Construction Chancle Directiv~ When the Owner and Contractor are not in total agreement on the terms of a Change Order 36 Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714. instructing the Contractor 37 to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 38 39 The Construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of the change in the Work and designate the 40 method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 41 42 Documentatior~ Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change 43 Directive. 45 After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and 46 time adjustmentsto the Contract. 47 48 49 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 50 51 Upon the Owner's approval of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of 52 the Owner and Contractoron AIA Form G701, as provided in the Conditionsof the Contract. 53 .54 55 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 56 57 58 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 59 60 61 END OF SECTION 01035 62 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH ?MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 01040 - PROJECT COORDINATION 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including, but not 16 necessarily limited to: 17 18 Coordination. 19 Administrative and supervisory personnel. 20 General installation provisions. 21 Cleaning and protection. 22 23 Field engineering is included in Section "Field Engineering". 24 25 Progress meetinqs, coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences are included in Section "Project Meetings". 26 27 Requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule are included in Section "Submittals". 28 29 30 COORDINATION 31 32 Coordinatior~ Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient 33 and ordedy installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of 34 the Specificationsthat are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 35 36 Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its 37 - own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. 38 39 Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility 40 for required maintenance, service and repair. 41 42 Make adequate provisionsto accommodateitems scheduled for later installation. 43 44 Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for 45 coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 46 47 Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate Contractors where coordination of their Work is required. 48 49 Administrative Procedure-~ Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction 50 activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not 51 limited to, the following: 52 53 Preparatbn of schedules. 54 Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 55 Delivery and processing of submittals. 56 Progress meetings. 57 Project Close-out activities. 58 59 Conservatior~ Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to 60 conservation of energy, water, and materials.. 61 62 Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work. Refer to 63 other sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 SUBMITTALS 3 4 Coordination Drawin.qs; Prepare and submit coordination DraWings Where close and careful coordination is required for 5 installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space availability 6 necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 7 8 Show the interrelationshipof components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 9 10 Indicate required installation seqqences. 11 12 Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals." 13 14 Refer to Division-15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements," and Division-16 Section "Basic Electrical 15 Requirements"for specific coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. 16 17 Staff Names: Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the 18 Superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the site; identify individuals, their duties and responsibilities; list their 19 addresses and telephone numbers. 20 21 Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary telephone. 22 23 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). 25 26 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 29 30 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS 31 32 Inspection of Conditions Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under 33 which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable 34 manner. 35 36 Manufacturer's Instruction-~ Comply ~ith manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that 37 those instructions and recommendationsare more explicit or stringent than requirementscontained in Contract Documents. 38 39 Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective 40 items. 41 42 Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. 43 Allow for expansion and building movement. 44 45 Visual Effects; Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual 46 effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. 47 48 Recheck measurementsand dimensions, before starting each installation. 49 50 Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each 51 part of the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. 52 53 Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed 54 construction for that purpose. 55 56 Mountin.~ Heights: .Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights 57 recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the 58 Architect for final decision. 59 60 61 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 62 63 During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply 64 protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder,of the construction period. 3 Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operabilitywithout damaging effects. 4 5 Limitinq Exposures Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is 6 subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where 7 applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 8 9 Excessive static or dynamic loading. 10 Excessive internal or external pressures. 11 Excessively high or Iow temperatures. 12 Thermal shock. 13 Excessively high or Iow humidity. 14 Air contamination or pollution. 15 Water or ice. 16 Solvents. · 17 Chemicals. 18 Light. 19 Radiation. 20 Puncture. 21 Abrasion. 22 Heavy traffic. 23 Soiling, staining and corrosion. 2_4 Bacteria. 25 Rodent and insect infestation. 26 Combustion. 27 Electrical current. 28 High speed operation, 29 Improper lubrication, 30 Unusual wear or other misuse. 31 Contact between incompatible materials. 32 Destructive testing. 33 Misalignment. 34 Excessive weathering'. 35 Unprotected storage. 36 Improper shipping or handling. 37 Theft. 38 Vandalism. 39 40 41 END OF SECTION 01040 42 PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01045- CUTTING AND PATCHING 2 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply'to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cuffing and patching. 10 17 Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the 18 Work. 19 20 Requirements of this Section also apply to mechanical and electrical installations, as well as work specified in 21 Divisions 2 through 14. Refer to Division- 15 and Division- 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable 22 to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. 23 24 25 26 SUBMITTALS 27 28 Cuttinq and Patching Proposal:. Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, 29 submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request 30 approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: 31 32 Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. 33 34 Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and 35 operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 36 37 List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. 38 39 Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. 40 41 List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily 42 out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 43 44 Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering 45 calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. 46 47 Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architecfs right to later require 48 complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. 49 5O 51 QUALITYASSURANCE 52 53 Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their 54 load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. 55 56 Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following structural elements: 57 58 Foundation construction. 59 Bearing and retaining walls. 60 Structural concrete. 61 Structural steel. 62 Lintels. 63 Structural decking. 64 Miscellaneous structural metals. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Equipment supports. 2 Pipir{g, ductwork, vessels and equipment. 3 Structural systems of special construction in Division-13. 4 5 Operational and Safety Limitations Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that 6 would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational 7 life or safety. 8 9 Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or 10 safety related systems: 12 Shoring, bracing, and sheeting. 13 Primary operational systems and equipment. 14 Air or smoke barriers. 15 Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 16 Membranes and flashings. 17 Fire protection systems. 18 Noise and vibration control elements and systems. 19 Control systems. 20 Communication systems. 21 Conveying systems. 22 Electrical wiring systems. 23 Special construction specified by Division-13 Sections. 24 25 Visual Requirements Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that 26 would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. 27 Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 28 29 If possible retain the original installer or fabricator to cut and patch the following categories of exposed Work, or if it is 30 not possible to engage the odginal installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized 31 firm: 32 33 Matched-veneer woodwork. 34 Preformed metal panels. 35 Window wall system. 36 Acoustical ceilings. 37 Finished wood flooring. 38 Carpeting. 39 Aggregate wall coating. 40 Wall covering. 41 HVAC enclosures, cabinets or covers. 42 43 44 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 45 46 47 MATERIALS 48 49 Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where 50 exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard 51 to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performancewill equal or surpass that of exi,sting materials. 52 53 54 PART 3 - EXECUTION 55 56 57 INSPECTION. 58 59 Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching 60 is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactoryconditions are encountered. 61 62 Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical 63 trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts 64 . before proceeding. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 2 SHW Grouo, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 3 PREPARATION 4 ¢ 5 TemporarySuDport ProvidetemporarysupportofWorkto be cut. 6 7 Protectior~ Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse 8 weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 9 10 Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. 11 12 Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be 13 removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 14 15 16 PERFORMANCE 17 18 General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest 19 feasible time and complete without delay. _ 20 21 Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities 22 and the subsequent titting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 23 24 Cuttinq: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. 25 Where possible review proposed procedureswith the original installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations. 26 27 In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering 28 and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. 29 Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 30 31 To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 32 33 Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. 34 35 Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division-2 where cutting and patching req,uires excavating and 36 backfilling. 37 38 By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting, where services are shown or required to be removed, 39 relocated or abandoned. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the 40 remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by=passing and 41 cutting. 42 43 Patchin~ Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 45 Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 46 47 Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a 48 manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 49 50 Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in 51 the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings 52 and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. 53 54 Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the 55 patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. 56 57 Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. 58 59 60 CLEANING 61 62 Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access. Remove completely paint, 63 mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other 64 finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. CU'I-I'ING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 · 3 END OF SECTION 01045 4 "" CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8' 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 General: This Section specifies administrativeand procedural requirementsfor field engineering services, including, but not 16 necessarily limited to, the following: 17 18 Land survey Work. 19 20 21 SUBMITTALS 22 23 Certificates Submit a certificate signed by the Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer certifying that the location and 24 elevation of improvements comply with the Contract Documents. 25 26 Final Property Survey:. Submit 10 copies of the final property survey. 27 28 Project Record Documents Submit a record of Work performed and record survey data as required under provisions of 29 Sections "Submittals" and "Project Closeout". 3O 31 32 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3,3 ' 34 Surveyor. Engage a Registered Land Surveyor registered in the State where the project is located, to perform land 35 surveying services required· 36 37 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 39 4O 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION 42 43 44 EXAMINATION 45 46 The Owner will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes. 47 48 Vedfv layout information shown on the Drawings, in relation to the I~roperty survey and existing benchmarks before 49 proceeding to layout the Work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve permanent reference 50 points during construction. 51 52 Do not change or relocate benchmarks or cOntrol points without prior written approval. Promptly report lost or 53 destroyed reference points, or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or 54 locations. 55 56 Promptly replace lost or destroyed project control points. Base replacementson the original survey control points. 57 58 Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey 59 control points. 60 61 Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 62 FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING . 0496455(SITE) I Existinq utilities and equipment The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as 2 existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground 3 utilities and other construction. 4 5 Prior to construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer and 6 water service piping. 7 8 9 PERFORMANCE 10 11 Working from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels 12 at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the Project. Calculate and 13 measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions. 14 15 Advise entities engaged in construction activitiesj3f marked lines and levels provided for their use. 16 17 As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. 18 19 Surveyor's Lo.q: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey Work. Make this log available for reference. 20 21 Record deviations from required lines and levels, and advise the Architect when deviations that exceed indicated or 22 recognized tolerances are detected. On Project Record Drawings, record deviations that are accepted and not 23 corrected. 24 25 On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other Work requiring field engineering services, 26 prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and sitework. 27 28 Site Improvements Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil 29 placement, utility slopes and invert elevations by instrumentation and similar appropriate means. 30 31 BuildinCl Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out batter boards for structures, building foundations, column grids and locations, 32 floor levels and control lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical Work. 33 34 Existinq Utilitie~ Furnish information necessary to adjust, move or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services 35 or other appurtenances located in, or affected by construction. Coordinatewith local authorities having jurisdiction. 36 37 Final Property Surve~ Before Substantial Completion, prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real 38 property) for the Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by the Surveyor, to the effect that principal metes, .39 - bounds, lines and levels of the Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 40 41 Recordinc~ At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with local governing authorities 42 as the official "property survey". 43 45 END OF SECTION 01050 46 FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR9? 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 01095- REFERENCE STANDARDSAND DEFINITIONS 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the 'Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 DEFINITIONS 14 15 General: Basic Contract definitionsare included in the Conditionsof the Contract. 16 17 Indicate(t The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs 18 or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as shown, noted, 19 scheduled, and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference. There is no limitation on location. 20 21 Directe(t Terms such as directed, requested, authorized, selected, approved, required, and permitted mean directed by the 22 Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. 23 24 Approve(t The term approved, when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, 25. applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilitiesas stated in the Conditions of the Contract. 26 27 Re.qulation~ The term regulations includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having 28 jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the 29 Work. 30 31 Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, 32 installation, and similar operations. 33 34 Install: The term install describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, 35 erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. 36 37 Provide: The term provide means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. 38 39 Installer. An Installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, 40 or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar 41 operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 42 43 The term experienced, when used with the term Installer, means having a minimum of five previous projects similar in 44 size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with 45 requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. 46 47 Trades: Using terms such as carpentry is not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed 48 by accredited or unionized individualsof a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It also does not imply that 49 requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersonsof the corresponding generic name. 50 51 Assi.qnin.q Specialist-~ Certain Sections of the Specifications rel:luire that specific construction activities shall be 52 performed by specialistswho are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those 53 activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. However, the 54 ultimate responsibilityfor fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. 55 56 This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations 57 governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and 58 similar conventions. 59 60 Proiect site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities either exclusively or in conjunction 51 with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or 52 may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. 63 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095- 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Testing A.qencies; A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the 2 Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if re,quired, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 3 4 5 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION 6 7 Specification Format These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction 8 Specifications I nstitute's 16-Division format and MASTERFORMAT numbering system. 9 10 Text Subordinatior~ Portions of the Specification may be subordinated to other portions in the following manner: 11 12 Certain Sections may be subordinate to other Sections or parts of other Sections. When that occurs, the 13 degree of subordination is described in those Sections. 14 15 Paragraphs and lines of text are subordinate to article titles. 16 17 Paragraphs and lines of text that are indented from the.left hand margin are subordinate to the preceding text 18 that is either not indented or indented by a lesser amount. 19 20 Underscorinq, Bold Letters and Bold Numbers are used strictly to assist the reader in scanning for key words. No 21 emphasis or relative importance is intended for text where underscoring, bold letters and bold numbers are used. 22 23 Specification Content This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of language and the intended 24 meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are 25 explained as follows: ' 26 27 Abbreviated Lan.qua.q~ Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and 28 meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the 29 sense requires. Sin,qular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singularwhere applicable 30 as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 31 32 Imperative and streamlined lan(~ua.qe is used generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the 33 imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective larfguage is used 34 for clarity to describe responsibilitiesthat must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. 35 36 The words "shall be" are implied wherever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 37 38 39 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 40 41 AI3plicability, of Standard-~ Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable 42 construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents 43 to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. 44 45 Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents. 46 47 Conflictin.cl Recluirements Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and where the standards may 48 establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer requirements that are different 49 but apparently equal and other uncertaintiesto the Architect for a decision before proceeding. 50 51 Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels; The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or 52 performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed 53 the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or 54 maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision 55 before proceeding. 56 57 Copies of Standards Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards 58 applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 59 60 Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies 61 directly from the publication source. 62 63 The Architect reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit copies of standards as necessary for enforcement 64 of requirements.. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING o 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. The 3 following acronyms or abbreviations, as referenced in Contract Documents, are defined to mean the associated names. 4 Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed, but not ensured, to be accurate and up to date as of the 5 date of Contract Documents. 6 AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists Box 12215 One Davis Dr. Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-2215 549-8141 ACIL American Council of Independent Laboratories K St., NW Washington, DC 20006 887-5872 AHA American Hardboard Assoc. W. Northwest Hwy Palatine, IL 60067 934-5800 ASTM American Society. for Testing and Materials Bart Harbor Dr. West Conshohocken, PA 19428 832-9585 AWl Architectural Woodwork Institute _ Box 1550 Braddock Rd.; No. 100 Centreville, VA 22020 222-1100 HFES Human Factors and Ergonomics Society Box 1369 Santa Monica, CA 90406 394-1811 HPVA Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Assoc. Michael Farraday Dr. Box 2789 Reston, VA 22090-0789 435~2900 MIA Marble Institute of America Eden Alley, Suite 201 Columbus, OH 43215 228-6194 NAAMM National Association c~f Architectural Metal Manufacturers South LaSalle St., Suite 1400 Chicago, IL 60603 201-0101 NASFM National Association of Store Fixture Manufacturers N. Pine Island Rd, Plantation, FL 33322 424-1443 NEMA National Elect~:ical Manufacturers Assoc. L St., NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 457-8400 NFPA National Fire Protection Assoc. One Batterymarch Park Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 344-3555 770-3000 WlC Woodwork Institute of California Industrial Blvd. Box 980247 West Sacramento, CA 95798-0247 373-9943 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3 ~HW ~rn~n Inc. Architects and Enaineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Federal Government Agencie. s: Names and titles of Federal Government standards- or specification-producing 3 agencies are often abbreviated. The following abbreviations and acronyms referenced in the Contract Documents 4 indicate names of standards- or specification-producing agencies of the Federal Government. Names and 5 addresses are subject to change and are believed, but are not assured, to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date 6 of the Contract Documents. 7 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (Available from the Government Printi'ng Office) N. Capitol St., NW Washington, DC 20401 512-0000 (Material is usually first published in the "Federal Register") CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission East West Towers East-West Hwy Bethesda, MD 20814 638-2772 CS Commercial Standard Department of Commerce) Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 512-0000 DOC Department of Commerce 14th St. and Constitution Ave., NW Washington, DC 20230 482-2000 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology Department of Commerce) Building 101, #Al134 Rte. 1-270 and Quince Orchard Rd. Gaithersburg, MD 20899 975-2000 8 9 State Government Agencies: The following state government agency produces standards referenced in the Contract 10 Documents: 11 CBHF State of California, Dept. of Consumer Affairs -. Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation Technical Information Orange Grove Ave. North Highland, CA 95660-5595 574-2041 12 13 GOVERNING REGULATIONS/AUTHORITIES 14 15 The Architect has contacted authorities having jurisdiction where necessary to obtain information necessary for preparation 16 of Contract Documents. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information ~nd decisions having a bearing on the 17 Work. 18 19 SUBMITTALS 20 21 Permits, Licenses, and Certificates For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection 22 reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, 23 -correspondence, and records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon 24 performance of the Work. 25 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 27 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 29 ' 30 31 END OF SECTION 01095 32 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrativeand procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to: 16 17 Pre-Construction Conference. 18 Pre-Installation Conferences. 19 Coordination Meetings. 20 Progress Meetings. 21 22 Construction schedules are specified in another Division-1 Section. 23 24 25 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 26 27 Schedule a 13re-construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site or other convenient location no later 28 than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting 29 to review responsibilitiesand personnel assignments. 3O 31 Attendee-~ The Owner, Architect and their consultants, the Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, 32 manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with 33 and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 35 A.qenda: Discuss items of significancethat could affect progress including such topics as: 36 37 Tentative construction schedule. 38 Critical Work sequencing. 39 Designation of responsible personnel. 40 Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 41 Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 42 Distribution of Contract Documents. 43 Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 44 Preparation of record documents. 45 Use of the premises. 46 Office, Work and storage areas. 47 Equipment deliveries and priorities. 48 Safety procedures. 49 First aid. 50 Security. 51 Housekeeping. 52 Working hours. 53 55 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES 56 57 Conduct a ore-installation conference at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other 58 construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, 59 and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the 60 meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 61 62 Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under Consideration at 63 ' each pre-installationconference, including requirementsfor: PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 SHVV Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Contract Documents. 2 Options. 3 Related Change Orders. 4 Purchases 5 Deliveries. 6 Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples. 7 Possible conflicts. 8 Compatibility problems. 9 Time schedules. 10 Weather limitations. 11 Manufacturer's recommendations. 12 Compatibility of materials. 13 Acceptability of substrates. 14 Temporary facilities. 15 Space and access limitations. 16 Governing regulations. 17 Safety. 18 Inspection and testing requirements. 19 Required performance results. 20 Recording requirements. 21 Protection. 22 23 Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, along with the approved 24 schedule. Distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, promptly, including the Owner and Architect. 25 26 Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to 27 resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 28 29 30 COORDINATION MEETINGS 31 32 Conduct Project coordination meetincls at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination 33 meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special 34 pre-installation meetings. 35 36 Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction 37 activities involved. 38 39 Record meeting results and distribute, copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions 40 resulting from each meeting. 41 42 43 PROGRESS MEETINGS 45 Conduct pro.qress meetinqs at the Project sites once a month. Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 46 Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. 47 48 Attendee~ In addition to representativesof the Owner and Architect, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned 49 with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these 50 meetings by persons familiarwith the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. 51 52 A,qenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significancethat 53 could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project. 55 Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in 56 relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how 57 construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether 58 schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract 59 Time. 60 61 Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: 62 63 Interface requirements. 64 Time. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Sequences. 2 Deliveries. 3 Off-site fabrication problems. 4 Access. 5 ° Site utilization. 6 Temporary fadlities and services. 7 Hours of Work. 8 Hazards and risks. 9 Hou'sekeeping. 10 Quality. and Work standards. 11 Change Orders. 12 Documentation of information for payment requests. 13 14 Rel3ortinc~ No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, the contractor shall distribute copies of minutes of the 15 meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative 16 form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. 17 18 Schedule UI3datinq: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule 19 have been made or rec.ognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrentlywith the report of each meeting. 20 21 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 23 24 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 26 27 28 END OF SECTION 01200 29 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Condit{ons and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, 16 including: 17 18 Contractor's construction schedule. 19 Submittal schedule. 20 Daily construction reports. 21 Shop Drawings. 22 Product Data· 23 Samples. 24 Request for Information 25 26 Administrative Submittals Refer to other Division-1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for 27 administrativesubmittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: 28 29 Permits. 30 Applications for payment. 31 Performance and payment bonds. 32 Insurance certificates. 33 List of Subcontractors. 34 35 The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications for Payment." 36 37 Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control Services." 38 39 40 ~UBMITTAL PROCEDURES 41 42 Coordinatior[ Coordinate preparation and processir{g of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit 43 each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 44 45 Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that 46 require sequential activity. 47 48 Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be 49 delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. 50 51 The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals 52 until related submittals are received. 53 54 Processin~ Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to 55 process submittals, including time for resubmittals. 57 Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit 58 coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor when a 59 submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 6O 61 If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. 62 63 Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. SUBMITTALS 01300 o 1 SHW Grouo, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect 2 sufficientlyin advance of the Work to permit processing. 3 4 Submittal Prel~aratior[ Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the 5 entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 6 7 Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the 8 Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. 9 10 Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. 11 12 Project name. 13 Date. 14 Name and address of Architect. 15 Name and address of Contractor. 16 Name and address of subcontractor. 17 Name and address of supplier. 18 Name of manufacturer. 19 Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 20 Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 21 22 Submittal Transmitta~ Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from 23 Contractorto Architect using a transmittalform. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractorwill be returned 24 without action. 25 26 Record on the transmittal Record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record 27 deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's 28 certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. 29 30 31 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 32 33 Bar-Chart Schedul~ Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart type Contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 34 30 days of the date established for "Commencement of the Work". 35 36 Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the 37 first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of 38' Values." 39 40 Within each time bar indicate estimated completion'percentage in 10 percent in.crements. As Work progresses, place 41 a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. 42 43 Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient 44 width to show data for the entire construction period. 45 46 Secure time commitments for performing cdtical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element 47 on the schedule with other constrbction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show 48 each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the 49 Work. 50 51 Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, 52 progress reports, payment requests and other schedules. 53 54 Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on 55 the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedure, s necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 56 57 Work Stacles: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including testing and installation. 58 59 Cost Correlatiort At the head of the schedule, provide a two item cost correlation line, indicating"precalculated"and "actual" 60 costs. On the line show dollar-volume of Work performed as of the dates used for preparation of payment requests. 61 62 Refer to Section "Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and payment procedures. 63 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Distributior[ Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, 2 and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the ~Oroject meeting room and temporary field 3 office. 4 5 When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from 6 distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction 7 activities. 8 9 Schedule UI3datin.c[ Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. 10 Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. 11 12 13 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE 14 15 After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction schedule, prepare a complete schedule of submittals. 16 Submit the schedule with~ 10 days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's construction schedule. 17 18 Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts, schedule of values and the list of products as well as the 19 Contractor's construction schedule. 20 21 Prepare the schedule in chronological order; include submittals required during the first 90 days of construction. 22 Provide the following information: 23 24 Scheduled date for the first submittal. 25 Related Section number. 26 Submittal category. 27 Name of subcontractor. 28 Description of the part of the Work covered. 29 Scheduled date for resubmittal. 30 Scheduled date the Architect'sfinal release or approval. 31 32 . Distributior~ Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and 33 other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office. 34 35 When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from 36 distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction 37 activities: 38 39 Schedule UI3datinq~ Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. 40 Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. 41 42 43 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 44 45 Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate 46 copies to the Architect and Owner at weekly intervals: 47 48 List of subcontractors at the site. 49 Approximate count of personnel at the site. 50 High and Iow temperatures, general weather conditions. 51 Accidents and unusual events. 52 Meetings and significant decisions. 53 Stoppages,'delays, shortages, losses. 54 Meter readings and similar recordings. 55 Emergency procedures. 56 Orders and requests of governing authorities. 57 Change Orders received;implemented. 58 Services connected, disconnected. 59 Equipment or system tests and start-ups. 60 Partial Completions, occupancies. 61 Substantial Completions authorized. 62 63 64 SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS 01300 -'3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the 3 Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. 4 Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. 5 ~ 6 Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar 7 drawings. Includethe following information: 8 9 Dimensions. 10 Identification of products and materials included. 11 Compliance with specified standards. 12 Notation of coordination re. quirements. 13 Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 14 15 Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings. submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 16 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 36" x 48". 17 18 Initial and intermediate submittal-~ Submit one correctable translucent reproducible print and one blue- or black-line 19 print for the Architect's review; the reproducible print will be returned. 20 21 Final Submittal Submit one correctable translucent reproducible print and one blue- or black-line print for the 22 Architect's review; the reproducible print will be returned. The Contractor shall provide necessary final copies to be 23 included in maintenancemanuals 24 25 One copy maintained as a "Record Document". 26 27 Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. 28 29 Coordination drawin.~s are a special type of Shop Drawing that show the relationship and integration of different 30 construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or 31 function as intended. 32 33 Preparation of coordination Drawings is specified in section "Project Coordination" and may include components 34 previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. 35 36 Submit coordination Drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of 37 separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. 38 39 40 PRODUCT DATA 41 42 Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed 43 information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and 44 templates, standard widng diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because '45 standard pdnted data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings." 46 47 Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printe~l Product Data includes information on several 48 products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following 49 information: 50 51 Manufacturer's printed recommendations. 52 Compliance with recognized trade association standards. 53 Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 54 Application of testing agency labels and seals. 55 ' Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. 56 Notation of coordination requirements. 57 58 Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 59 60 Preliminary Submitta~ Submit a preliminary single-copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. 61 62 Submittal-~ Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals. 63 The Architect will retain one, and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications 64 required. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final 3 subm. ittal. 4 5 Distributior[ Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and 6 others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 7 8 Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data applicable is in the installer's 9 possession. 10 11 Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 12 13 14 SAMPLES 15 16 Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product 17 proposed, Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, 18 color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 19 20 Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare 21 Samples to match the Architect's Sample. Include the following: 22 23 Generic description of the Sample. 24 Sample source. 25 Product name or name of manufacturer. 26 Compliance with recognized standards. 27 Availability and delivery time. 28 29 Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other 30 elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as 31 delivered and installed. 32 33 Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in the material or product 34 represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that show approximate limits of the variations. 35 36 Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication 37 techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics. 38 39 Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the C. ontractor for incorporation in the Work. Such 40 Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special requests regarding 41 disposition of Sample submittals. 42 43 Preliminary submittar~ Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a 44 range of standard choices, submit a full set of choices for the material or product. 45 46 Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Architect's mark indicating selection and other 47 action. 48 49 Submittal-~ Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, 50 operation and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets; one will be returned marked with the action taken. 51 52 Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of 53 construction. 55 Unless noncompliancewith Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 56 57 Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. 58 59 Distribution of Sample~ Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, 60 installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 61 62 Field Samples specified in individual Sections are special types of Samples. Field Samples ate full-size examples 63 erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials and to establish the standard by which the Work will 64 be judged. SU BM ITTALS 01300 -'5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process transmittal forms to prowde a 3 record of activity. 4 5 6 ARCHITECT'SACTION 7 8 Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the 9 Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 10 11 Compliance with specified characteristicsis the Contractor's responsibility. 12 13 Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be 14 appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken: 15 16 Final Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may 17 proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that 18 compliance. 19 20 Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Exceptions Noted" or "Make Corrections Noted", that part 21 of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal 22 and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 23 24 Returned for Resubmittat When submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with that part of the Work 25 covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new 26 submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action 27 mark. 28 29 Do not permit submittals marked "Revise and Resubmit" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where 30 Work is in progress. 31 32 Other Action: Where.a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, the 33 submittal will be retumed, marked "No Exceptions". 34 35 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION - All contractor request for information pertaining to all aspects of the construction 36 documents and this project shall be submitted on the form at the end of this section. The Architect shall review the 37 Contractor's form for acceptance if requested. 38 39 .. 40 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). 41 42 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable). 44 45 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 6 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 3 (R.F.I.) 4 5 ' 6 PROJECT: 7 8 9 CONTRACTOR: 10 11 ARCHITECT: SHWC, INC. 12 13 14 15 THIS IS A FIELD AND/OR OFFICE REQUEST FOR INFORMATION TO SUPPLEMENT THE DESIGN DATA DEPICTED 16 ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACT 17 SUM, OR THE TIME FOR CONTRACT PERFORMANCE THAT MAY RESULT FROM THE REPLY TO THIS RFI SHALL 18 BE PROCESSED IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE CHANGES CLAUSE OF THE CONTRACT, IF APPROPRIATE. 19 20 21 QUESTION: 22 23 Submitted by: 24 25 Drawing/Specification: 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Copies to: 38 39 Date: 40 R.F.I. No.: 41 42 43 45 46 END OF SECTION 01300 47 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 7 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01400- QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES · 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, ir~cluding General and Supplemertary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. 16 17 Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including repod, s, performed by independent 18 agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the 19 Architect. 20 21 Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services 22 do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. 23 24 Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard 25 products. 26 27 Specific quality' control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify 28 those activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard products as well 29 as customized fabrication and installation procedures. 30 31 Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that 32 facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 33 34 Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the Architect. Owner, or authorities 35 having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 36 37 38' RESPONSIBILITIES 39 40 Contractor Resl~onsibilities The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, specified in 41 individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities, except where they are specif[;ally indicated to be 42 the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another ~dentified entity; these services include those specified to be 43 performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract 44 Sum. 45 46 The Contractor shall employ and pay an independent agency, to perform specified quality control services specified in 47 PART 1 - GENERAL, QUALITY ASSURANCE The .cost for these services is not borne by the Owner. 48 49 The Owner will engage the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified in PART 3 - 50 EXECUTION, QUALITY CONTROL, QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION or FIELD QUALITY 51 CONTROL ,52. ° 53 Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and inspection of a part of the Work, and 54 the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the 55 entity engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner. 56 57 Retestin(~ The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required inspections, tests or similar services 58 prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the 59 odginal test was the Contractor's responsibility. 60 61 Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required 62 tests were performed on odginal construction. 63 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPI=LL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH ?MAR9? 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING . 0496455(SITE) 1 Associated Service,~ The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar 2 services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency suff'~ciently in advance of 3 operationsto permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: 4 5 Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 6 7 Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking 8 samples. 9 10 Providing.facilities for.storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. 11 12 Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the 13 testing agency. 14 15 Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. 16 17 Owner Responsibilities The Owner will provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services specified to be 18 performed by independent agencies and not by the Contractor, except where they are specifically indicated as the 19 Contractor's responsibility or are provided by another identified entity. Costs for these services are not included in the 20 Contract Sum. 21 22 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent agency, testing laboratory or other qualified firm to 23 perform services which are the Owner's responsibility. 24 25 Duties of the Testinq Aqenc¥: The independent testing agency engaged to pedorm inspections, sampling and testing of 26 materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in 27 performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 28 29 The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work 30 during performance of its services. 31 32 The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve 33 or accept any portion of the Work. 34 35 The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. 36 37 Coordinatior[ The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate 38 the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Additionally, Contractor and each 39 agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate 40 inspectionsand tests. 41 42 The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for insl~ections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. 43 44 45 SUBMITTALS 46 47 The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to the 48 Architect, in duplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, 49 submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor, in duplicate. 50 51 Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 52 53 Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be limited to: 54 55 Date of issue. 56 Project title and number. 57 Name, address and telephone number of t. esting agency. 58 Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 59 Names of individuals making the inspection or test. 60 Designation of the Work and test method. 61 Identification of product and Specification Section. 62 ' Complete inspection or test data. 63 Test results and an interpretation of test results. 64 Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND.PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document 2 requirements. 3 Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 4 Recommendatioi3son retesting. 5 6 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8 9 Qualification for Service Aqencie~ Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing 10 laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory 11 Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and 12 tests to be performed. 13 14 Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having 15 jurisdictionto operate in the State in which the Project is located. 16 17 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). 19 20 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 23 24 REPAIR AND PROTECTION 25 26 General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar .services, repair damaged construction and 27 restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. 28 Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cuffing and Patching." 29 30 Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. 31 32 Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing 33 or similar serviceS: 35 36 END OF SECTION 01400 37 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities, including utilities, construction and support 16 facilities, security and protection. 17 18 Temporary utilities which may be required include but are not limited to: 19 20 Water service and distribution. 21 Temporary ele~:tric power and light. 22 Telephone service. 23 Storm and sanitary sewer. 24 25 Temporaw construction and support facilities which may be required include but are not limited to: 26 27 Temporary heat. 28 Field offices and storage sheds. 29 Temporary roads and paving. 30 Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. 31 Dewatering facilities and drains. 32 Temporary enclosures. 33 Hoists and temporary elevator use. 34 Temporary Project identification signs and bulletin boards. 35 Waste disposal services. 36 Rodent and pest control. 37 Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. 38 39 Security and protection facilities which may be required include but are not limited to: 40 41 Temporary fire prot.ection. 42 Barricades, warning signs, lights. 43 Sidewalk bridge or enclosure fence for the site. 44 Environmental protection. 45 46 47 SUBMITTALS 48 49 Temporary Utilitie~ Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings and similar procedures performed on temporary 50 utilities. 51 52 Implementation and Termination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating implementation and termination of each temporary 53 utility within 15 days of the date established for commencementof the Work. 54 55 56 QUALITYASSURANCE 57 58 Re.qulati(~n*~ Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including 59 but not limited to: 60 61 Building Code requirements. 62 Health and safety regulations. 63 Utility company regulations. 64 Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Environmental protection regulations. 2 3 Standards Comply ~vith NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations". ANSI-A10 Series standards 4 for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition". and NECA Electrical Design Library, "Temporary Electrical 5 Facilities." 6 7 Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, 8 for industry recommendations. 9 10 Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install 11 service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70). 12 ~ 13 Inspections Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required 14 certificationsand perT~its. 15 16 17 PROJECT CONDITIONS 18 19 Temporary Utilities Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the 20 earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the OwneF, change over from use of temporary service to use of the permanent 21 service. 22 23 Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient 24 manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do 25 not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. 26 27 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 30 31 MATERIALS 32 33 General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable 34 condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. 35 36 Lumberand Plywood: Comply with requirementsin Division-6 Section "Rough Carpentry." 37 38 For job-built temporary offices, shops and sheds within the construction area, provide UL labeled, fire treated lumber 39 and plywood for framing, sheathing and siding. 40 41 For signs and directory boards, provide exterior type, Grade B-B High Density Concrete Form Overlay Plywood 42 conformingto PS-l, of sizes and thickness indicated. 43 44 For fences and vision barriers, provide exterior type, minimum 3/8" thick plywood. 45 46 For safety barriers, sidewalk bddges and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8" thick exterior plywood. 47 48 Painl: Comply with requirements of Division-9 Section "Finish Painting." 49 50 For job-built tempora~ offices, shops, sheds, fences and other exposed lumber and plywood, provide exterior grade 51 acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer. 52 53 For sign panels and applying graphics, provide extedor grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. 54 55 56 Tarpaulins Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary 57 enclosures provide translucent nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene or p. olyvinyl chloride fire retardant tarpaulins. 58 59 Water. Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 60 61 $2 Olden-Mesh Fencincl: Provide 11-gage, galvanized 2-inch., chain link fabric fencing 6-feet high with galvanized barbed wire 63 top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2" I.D. for line posts and 2-112" I.D. for comer posts. 64 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 EQUIPMENT 3 4 General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable 5 cohdition may be used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. 6 7 Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater 8 than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose dischargel 9 10 Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher 11 voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot I~ght, for 12 connection of power tools and equipment. 13 14 Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. 15 Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where 16 construction activities are in progress. 17 18 Lamps and Liclht Fixture,~ Provide general service incandescent lamps of w~ttage required for adequate illumination. 19 Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed 20 to moisture. 21 22 Heatinq Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another recognized trade 23 association related to the type of fuel being consumed. 24 25 Teml3orary offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units with Iockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable 26 finishes. Provide heated and air-conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal loading. 27 28 Teml~orarv Storaqe Sheds: Provide prefabricated or mobile units with Iockable entrances. Provide heated units on 29 foundations adequate for normal loading. 30 31 Teml3orarv Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recircul~tion, or 32 combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent 33 material. 34 35 First Aid Supplies; Comply with governing regul~3tions. 36 37 Fire Extinquisher~ Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices ~nd similar 38 spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a 39 combination of extinguishersof NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. 40 41 Comply with NFP~ 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire 42 exposure. 43 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION 46 47 48 INSTALLATION 49 50 Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately 51 and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. 52 53 Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until 54 facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 55 56 57 . TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION 58 59 Genera[ Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the 60 company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment; 61 comply with the company's recommendations. 62 63 Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make 64 connections for temporary services. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in 3 services. 4 5 Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site, where the Owner's easements cannot be used for that 6 purpose. 7 8 Use CharCles: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect, and will not be 9 accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order. 10 11 Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent 12 water service is in use. 13 14 Sterilizatiorz Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. 15 16 Teml3orarv Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of 17 sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload 18 protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear. 19 20 Except where overhead service must be used, install electric power service underground. 21 22 Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where 23 permitted, wiring circuits,not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic 24 sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. 25 26 Tem~)orary Li(~htin~ Wherever overhead floor or roof deck has been installed, provide temporary lighting with local 27 switching. 28 29 Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements, without operating the entire 30 system, and will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 31 32 Teml~ora~ Telel~hone~ Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, 33 throughout the construction pedod. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary office and first aid station. 34 Where an office has more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional occupant or pair of occupants. Where 35 an office has a fax machine, install a separate telephone line. 36 37 At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. 38 39 Sewers and Drainacl~ If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to. remove effluent that can be discharged 40 lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds and similar 41 facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to 42 remove and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner. 43 44 Filter out excessive amounts of soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might clog 45 sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. 46 47 Connect temporary sewers to the municipal system as directed by the sewer department officials. 48 49 Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. Following heavy use, restore normal 50 conditions promptly. 51 52 Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to 53 prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rains. 54 55 56 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTIONAND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION 57 58 Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy 59 access. 60 61 Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near Substartial Completion. Remove prior to Subst,~ntial 62 Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under 63 conditions acceptable to the Owner. 64 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops and sheds located within the construction area, or within 30 feet of 2 building lines. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241. 3 4 Teml3or~ Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities, for curing or drying of completed installations or 5 protection of installed construction from adver,se effects of Iow temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that 6 will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to 7 produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. 8 9 Heatin(~ Facilitie~ Except where use of the permanent system is authorized, provide vented self-contained LP gas or fuel oil 10 heaters with individual space thermostaticcontrol. 11 12 Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open flame, or salamander type heating units is prohibited. 13 14 Field Offices: Provide insulated, weathertight temporary offices of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel 15 at the Project site. Keep the office clean and orderly for use for small progress meetings. Furnish and equip offices as 16 follows: 17 18 Furnish with a desk and chairs, a 4-drawer file cabinet, plan table and plan rack, a 6-shelf bookcase, and a fax 19 machine. 20 21 Provide a separate Iockable room for ArchitectJOwnerwith 42" high sloped counter 4' deep by 8' wide for plan layout, 22 small desk, 3 chairs and plan rack and bookcase. Room to have window directed toward building, and separate heat 23 and air-conditioning, and telephone. 24 25 Provide reserved and marked parking spaces at field office for the Owner and Architect; 3 space total near the office. 26 27 Storacle and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, furnished and equipped to accommodate 28 materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service. 29 30 Temr)orarv Pavinq: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paving to adequately support the indicated loading and to 31 withstand exposure to traffic during the construction period. Locate temporary paving for roads, storage areas and parking 32 where the same permanent facilities will be located. Review proposed modificationsto permanent paving with the Architect. 33 34 Paving: Comply with Division-2 Section "Portland Cement Concrete Paving" for construction and maintenance of 35 temporary paving. 36 37 Coordinate temporary paving development wit~ subgrade grading, compaction, installation and stabilization of 38 subbase, and installation of base and finish courses of permanent paving. 39 40 I~stall temporary paving to minimize the need to rework, the installations and to result in permanent roads and paved 41 areas that are without damage or deteriorationwhen occupied by the Owner. 42 43 Extend temporary paving in and around the construction area as necessary to accommodate delivery and storage of 44 materials, equipment usage, administration and supervision. 45 46 Sanita~ facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health 47 codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best 48 service the Project's needs. 49 50 Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups' and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered 51 waste containers for used material. 52 53 Toilet~ Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use of pit-type privies will not be permitted. 55 Wash Facilitie= Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel involved in handling 56 materials that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning 57 compounds appropriate for each condition. 58 59 Ddnkincl Water Fixture= Provide drinking water fountains where required to for compliance with regulations and health 60 codes, including paper supply. 61 62 Dewaterin.cl Facilities and Drains: For temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated 63 with construction activities included under individual Sections, comply with dewatering requirements of applicable Division-2 64 Sections. Where feasible, utilize the same facilities. Maintain the site, excavations and construction free of water. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Temporary Enclosure~ Provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in progress and completed, from 3 exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and similar activities. 4 5 Where heat is needed and the permanent building enclosure is not complete, provide temporary enclosures where 6 there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing 7 requirementsto avoid dangerous conditions and effects.. 9 Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustiblewood framing and other materials. Close openings of 25 square feet or 10 less with plywood or similar materials. 11 12 Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing wood-framed construction. 13 14 Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure ex. ceeds 100 square feet in area, use. UL-labeled fire-retardant treated 15 material for framing and main sheathing. 16 Teml3orary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees. Truck cranes and similar de¥ices used 17 for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 18 19 Temporary Siqns: Display no signs without approval of the Architect. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. 20 21 Temporary Siqns: Prepare signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 22 23 Temporary Exterior Li.qhtin.~ Install exterior yard and sign lights so that signs are visible when Work is being performed. 24 25 Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of 26 NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more 27 than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). Handle ;28 hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of 29 material in a lawful manner. 30 31 Rodent and Pest Control: Before deep foundation Work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or pest control 32 company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches and other pests. Employ this 33 service to perform extermination and control procedures at regular, intervals so the Project will be relatively free of pests and 34 their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations in a lawful manner using environmentally safe 35 materials. 36 37 Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequ, ate. Cover finished 38 permanent stairs with a protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at the time of 39 acceptance. 4O 42 SECURITYAND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION 43 44 Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not cha. nge over from use of temporary security and 45 protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer as requested by the Architect. 46 47 Teml~orary Fire Protectiorz Until fire protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary 48 fire protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply 49 with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, 50 Alterations and Demolition Operations." 51 52 Fire Lanes: The General Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary "all-weather" emergency vehicle access 53 adjacent to roads designated by the Contract Documents as Fire Lanes, as required by the .authorities having 54 jurisdiction until complete construction of all fire lanes. Fire lanes shall be maintained and remain accessible at all 55 times. 56 57 Locate fire extinguisherswhere convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one e~tinguisher 58 on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 59 60 Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 61 62 Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and 63 other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 6 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire 2 ignition. 3 4 Permanent Fire Protectior~ At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent 5 fire protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of 6 facilities. 7 8 Barricades, Warning Siqns and Li.qhts: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate 9 barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard 10 being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. 11 12 Enclosure Fence: When excavation begins, install an enclosure fence with Iockable entrance gates. Locate where 13 indicated, or enclose the entire site or the portion determined sufficient tO accommodate construction operations. Install in a 14 manner that will prevent people, dogs and other animals from easily entering the site, except by the entrance gates. 15 16 Provide open-mesh, chain-link fencing with posts set in a compacted mixture of gravel and earth. 17 18 Security Enclosure and Lockul3: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. 19 Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security. 20 21 Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure 22 Iockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for 23 theft and vandalism. 24 25 Environmental Protectior~ Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods 26 that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be 27 contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce 28 harmful neise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or 29 firms near the site. 30 31 32 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL 33 34 Sul3ervisior~ Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and 35 intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. 36 37 Maintenance Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures 38 and similar elements. 39 40 Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 41 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 42 43 Protectio~ Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage 44 during excavation operations. 45 46 Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requires that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when 47 the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. 48 Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the 49 temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily 50 repaired. 51 52 Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right 53 . to take possession of Project identification signs. 55 Remove temporary paving that is not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where the 56 area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that does not comply with requirements for 57 fill or subsoil in the area. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt or other petrochemical compounds, 58 and other substances which might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs 59 and sidewalks at the temporary entrances and elsewhere when used during construction, as requi~ed by the 60 governing authority, Architect and or the Owner. 61 62 At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction 63 period, including but not limited to: TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 7 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings. 2 3 Replace significantlyworn parts and parts that have been subject to unusual operating conditions. 4 ,,~.. 5 Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use. 6 7 8 END OF SECTION 01500 "' 9 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 8 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers /A ~. Pk /A /C ' PROJ NAME -:s : ~ PROJECT NAME 'r ? PROJECT NAME ' o, INDEP~NDE~.VAC CONTRACTOR: ~C' ~ ~RiCT~-- /A_ A~ C · ~;iELECTRIC CONTRACTOR:~ m. . ~HVAC ENGINEERS - ':CIVIL ENGINEER '/A ~ARC~TS KITCHEN CONSULTANT i m ENGIN~RS mm SHWGmup Inc .STRUCTURAL ENG. ~ C C C C ~' ~CK E~ABON SECTION ~/~ ~ONT E~ATION ~ x ~ w~-wo PA~uT~ (~) ' ' /COLO~ PAINTED (~P)~ ~ / PI~SBURGH PAINT , ~ / .-~7~0 0~ P~N D~NL ~ ~' c-7750 SHARK'S D-7164 ROSE SCARLET Erosion & Sediment Control Plan Coppell Middle School North on Proposed Natches Trace Drive in City of Coppell, Dallas County, Texas Prepared for: _ Coppell Independent School District March 199.7 Prepared By: ~L£NN £N~IN££RIN~ ~ORPOR~ ~IOlt 100 Decker Court, Suite 250 Irving, Texas 75062 (214) 717.5151 01563-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS - I. INTRODUCTION 3 II. SITE EVALUATION 4 A. Regional Hydrogeologic Setting .................................................. , ........................................ 4 B. Site Description .................................................................................................................... 4 -- FIGURE I SITE LOCATION MAP 5 II. CONTROLS 6 A. Erosion and Sediment Controls ............................................................................................ 6 B. Storm Water Management ................................................................................................... 7 C. Other Controls ..................................................................................................................... 7 D. Certification of Compliance with Federal, State, and Local Regulations ............................. 8 -- IV. SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL 9 :~ A. Spill Prevention .................................................................................................................... 9 B. Spill Control ....................................................................................................................... 10 V. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 11 -- VI. NON-STORM WATER DISCHARGES 12 LIST OF FORMS Pollution Prevention Plan Certification .................................................................................. 14 ~ Contractor's Certification ....................................................................................................... 15 APPENDICES ................................................................................................................................. 16 Appendix A Inspection Report Form Appendix B Pollution Prevention Plan Revision 01563-2 ~ EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH CITY OF COPPELL, DALLAS COUNTY, TEXAS I. INTRODUCTION This plan has been designed for Coppell Independent School District (CISD) and ,-. will identify and describe pollutant sources from the subject property (construction site of the elementary school addition) with the potential to affect the quality of storm water discharges from the site. The Erosion & Sediment Control Plan will further describe measures to be used to prevent or reduce pollutants in storm water. These measures will include: · Erosion and sediment controls to be implemented to reduce pollutants ~ generated during construction in storm water discharges; · Storm water management measures to limit storm water pollutants in discharge which generally occur after construction activities are completed; · Other controls (i.e., housekeeping practices, etc.); · Spill prevention and control practices; and -- · Description of non-storm water discharges. The General Contractor will be responsible for completing the Notice of Intent' (N.O.I.) and submitting it to the E.P.A. After the Contract has been awarded to the General Contractor, it will be his full responsibility to follow all rules and regulations of the E.P.A. Storm Water Act. A _.- copy of the Storm Water Act can be obtained from the E.P.A. Copies of the plan shall be maintained at the site of activity by the General Contractor until Certification of Substantial Completion is issued and made -~ available to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and appropriate State and local agencies upon request. This document is to be ~etained by the General Contractor during construction until ~ Final Certificate of Occupancy is issued and then by the school district for a period of at least three years from the date of final stabilization. 01563-3 II. SITE EVALUATION A. Regional Hydrogeologic Setting Several fresh-water aquifers are present in the North Texas Basin and consist primarily of Tertiary Age fluvial and deltaic sands of the Queen City Formation, Carrizo Formation, and Wilcox Group. The Woodbine Group, a saline aquifer, is separated from the fresh-water aquifers by three thousand (3,000) to four thousand (4,000) feet aquicludes/aquitards of the Midway Group. The Carrizo-Wilcox aquifers together supply the majority of the fresh water for the region. Sediment in the Carrizo-Wilcox aquifer consists of silts, gravel, lignite, and cross bedded sands and clays. These sediments originated in the Rocky Mountain and Quachita-Arbuckle Mountain regions were deposited by large fluvial deltaic river systems. Water usage from the aquifer includes: domestic, rural, livestock, irrigation, municipal and industrial purposes. Groundwater flow is controlled primarily by geologic structure and topography, although vertical flow is an important consideration with hydraulic conductivity (k) values ranging from 2.8-23 ft/day. (Fogg, G.E., Seni, S.J. Kreitler, C.W. 1982, Three-Dimensional Ground-Water Modeling in the Depositional Systems, Wilcox Group, Oakwood Salt Dome Areas East Texas, Texas Bureau of Economic Geology) B. Site Description On-going activities at the subject site will include construction of a middle school and elementary school on approximately 23+ acres located on the proposed Natches Trace Drive in Coppell, Texas. (See Figure 1) Construction of the parking lot is the first phase of a common plan which includes construction of new buildings. Soil disturbing activities will include: clearing and grading; installing a stabilized construction entrance, perimeter and other erosion and sediment controls; excavation for utilities, construction of curb and gutter, road, and I~arking areas; and preparation for final planting and seeding. The proposed sequence of construction activities is listed below and will include an area of at least five acres. The entire area is estimated to be disturbed through construction activities. · Install stabilized construction entrance; · Clearing and grubbing; · Rough grading; · Construct drainage swales; · Install erosion control devices (silt fences, hay bales, etc.) See Erosion Control Plan Sheet; · Stabilize denuded areas and stockpiles within fourteen (14) days as outlined in Section III A; · Install utilities; · Complete grading and install permanent seeding and plantings; · Complete final paving; · Remove accumulated sediment from drainage swales; When all construction activity is complete and site is stabilized, remove erosion cont.rol devices and reseed any areas disturbed by their removal. 01563-4 Figure I Siie Location ~4ap 01563 - 5 II. CONTROLS A. Erosion and Sediment Controls Erosion and sediment controls for each major activity resulting in soil disturbance stated in Section II B shall include stabilization practices as well as structural practices (See Erosion Control Plan). Stabilization practices will be implemented to preserve existing vegetation and trees where practical and to outline stabilization practices for disturbed areas. Structural practices will be initiated to limit the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas of the site to the de§tee attainable by diverting or reducing flow velocities from exposed soils, detention of flows or otherwise limiting run-off. Stabilization Following initial soil disturbance or re-disturbance, permanent or temporary stabilization shall be completed as soon as practical and not more than fourteen (14) days after the construction activity in that portion of the site that has temporarily or permanently ceased unless construction activities are to resume within twenty-one (21) days. Interim and permanent stabilization practices will include the following: · Top soil stockpiles and disturbed portions of the site where construction activity temporarily ceases for at least twenty-one (21) days will be stabilized with temporary seasonal grass seed and mulch or other acceptable practices. · At the end of each working day, place a temporary diversion dike around the top of each cut or fill slope to direct any possible run-off away from the face of the slope to an on-erosive outlet area. · Stabilize all points of ingress and egress with crushed stone until just prior to paving operations to prevent tracking of mud onto public roadways. · Seed all embankments and all drainage swales immediately after grading. Permanent stabilization of embankment may be done by hydromulching with Bermuda during the months of May through September and Cool Grow during the months of October through April. .,.. * Permanent stabilization of embankment may be done by hydromulching with-Bermuda during the months of May through September and Cool Grow during the months of October through April. If stabilization of disturbed areas is to be accomplished during September 15 through April 1, th~ stabilization shall consist of Cool Grow or Winter Rye. · Protect all trees to be preserved during construction operations. -'- · Disturbed portions of the site where construction activities permanently cease shall be stabilized with seasonal seed no later than fourteen (14) days after the last construction activity. Permanent stabilization shall include seeding with an appropriate grass mixture (See above). · During hot summer months, the General Contractor may need to install temporary irrigation to insure adequate watering of grasses. Structural Practices At a minimum, silt fences or hay bales, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all side slope and down slope boundaries of the' construction area. Structural measures should be placed on upland soils to the degree attainable. The following structural controls will also be implemented: '01563-6 '- · All construction and materials shall conform to local erosion and control measures. · Silt barriers shall be constructed around all inlets and shall be maintained throughout construction. Sediment accumulated behind silt barriers shall be removed when it reaches a depth of six inches or the capacity is reduced by one-half (See Erosion Control Plan for details). · Temporary straw bale berms/dikes shall be installed across drainage channels/swales from disturbed areas. Hay bales shall be securely anchored utilizing steel or wooden stakes. Bales should be replaced at least once every two months or upon failure, etc. · Contractor shall install straw bale dike as shown on Erosion Control Plan and as required by City of Coppell or the architect/engineer/owner. · Contractor shall control mud accumulation on all streets surrounding the project. No mud accumulation will be allowed in public streets. Mud found in streets shall be cleaned up at the end of each work day. · General Contractor shall maintain all erosion control devices during construction to prevent any blockages from accumulated sediment. Additional straw bales may be required during construction as specified by architect, engineer, or City inspector. · All proposed parking areas to be paved as soon as possible after subgrade is prepared. · General Contractor shall remove all temporary erosion and sediment controls and remove siltation only when there is a sufficient growth of ground cover to prevent further erosion. B. Storm Water Management Storm water management practices should be' implemented during construction activities to limit pollutants in storm water discharged from the site subsequent to completion of construction processes. The measures will attempt to control the potential increase in the amount and velocity, of run-off and amount of pollutants from. the site which may result from the change in land use. The following measures should be implemented: · Re-vegetation and natural depressions to provide pollutant removal and storm water infiltration. · Installation of retention structures and/or storm water detention areas. C. Other Controls "Other controls" targets the housekeeping practices of construction sites to limit increases in pollutant discharges. The following should be implemented: · Equipment wash down areas should be located in an area where wash dovyn water can be controlled. · Comply with applicable State and local waste and sanitary regulations by providing adequately maintained sanitary fa.cilities and waste receptacles. · All hazardous waste materials will be disposed of in the manner specified by local or State regulation or by the manufacturer. Site personnel will be instructed in these practices and the individual who manages day-to-day site operations will be responsible for seeing that these practices are followed. 01563 - 7 · All sanitary waste will be collected from the portable units a minimum of three times per week by a licensed sanitary waste management contractor, as required by local regulation. · Equipment shall only be repaired and maintained in specific and adequately prepared areas. · Stabilize all points of ingress and egress with crushed stone until just prior to paving operations to prevent tracking of mud and construction sediments onto public ways. · All chemicals, paints, solvents, etc. should be stored in protected areas (See Section IV). D. Certification of Compliance with Federal, State, and Local Regulations The storm water pollution prevention plan reflects local requirements for storm water management and erosion and sediment control. 01563-8 -- IV. SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL Spill Prevention Good housekeeping practices will be implemented to reduce the potential for spills of materials maintained on-site. General housekeeping/management practices to be utilized will include the following: · Construction materials will be covered or stored in a covered area if practical. · Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label. · Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the man ufacturer. · Whenever possible, all of a product will be used up before disposing of the container. · Manufacturers' recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed. · The site pollution prevention inspector will routinely inspect construction site to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on-site. · Original labels and material safety data will be retained. · If surplus product must be disposed of, manufacturers' or local and State recommended methods for proper disposal will be followed. Specific products and materials maintained on-site and good housekeeping practices to be utilized are presented in the table below: Materials/Products Material Management Practices Routine maintenance practices and checks for equipment leaks will Petroleum Products be implemented for on-site vehicles. Petroleum products maintained on-site (i.e., gasoline, diesel, oil, tar) will be stored in labeled, sealed containers and will be maintained over an impermeable surface in a bermed area. Any asphalt substances used on-site will be applied according to the manufacturer's recommend,ttions. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained. Fertilizers will be stored over an impermeable surface and covered. Fertilizers Quantities will be used, per manufacturer's recommendations. Exposure of fertilizers to storm water will be minimized during and following application and storage. MSDS will be retained. All containers will be tightly sealed and stored when not being used. Paints Excess paint will not be discharged to the storm sewer system or discharged to the ground but will be properly disposed of according to manufacturer's instructions or State and local regulations. MSDS will be retained. 01563-9 Materials/Products Material Management Practices Substances will be st~red in original labeled containers. Detergents, Cleaners MSDS will be retained. Excess detergents and cleaners will not be discharged to the storm sewer or discharged to the ground but will be properly disposed of according to manufacturer's instructions or State and local regulations. Concrete, Wood, Construction Materials will be covered or stored in an e~closed area if practical. Materials B. Spill Control -- The following spill control practices will be implemented to reduce the potential for exposure of spilled materials to storm water run-off. · Fuel storage tanks will be maintained over an impermeable synthetic liner in an area bermed with hay bales to minimize run-off contaminated rainwater. · Manufacturers' recommended methods for spill clean-up will be available - and site personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and clean-up supplies. · All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery. -- · Personnel will wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance. · Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate State or local government agency, including the Texas Water Commission (TWC) Spill Response (800/633-9368 or 298-6171) and Gregg County Local Emergency Planning Committee (903/758-5887). The Owner and Engineer will also be contacted. · Per regulations found at 40 CFR Part110, 40 CFR Part 117,' or 40 CFR Part 302, in the event of a release which exceeds Reportable Quantity, contact., the National Response Center immediately at (800/424-8802). Within fourteen (14) days, submit a written description of the release to the EPA Regional office providing the date and circumstances of the release and -- the steps to be taken to prevent another release. For a listing of reportable quantities call the E.P.A. =__ · The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what caused it, and the clean-up measures will also be included. -- · The site pollution prevention inspector respc~nsible for the day-to-day site operations will be the spill prevention and clean-up coordinator. This _ individual will become responsible for prevention and clean-up. 01563-10 ~ V. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ._.. This plan must be amended ~or changes in design, construction, operation, or maintenance that may result in significant effects on the potential for the discharge of pollutants. Additional requirements for amendments may include ineffective _. practices of the plan in its current state, or a cha~'ge in contractor or subcontractor. Regular inspections must be performed by General Contractor to be supplied by the Client. The areas to be inspected shall include: · non-finally stabilized areas of the subject property; · storage areas exposed to precipitation; and -- · locations of vehicle ingress and egress. The following inspection and maintenance practices will be implemented by General Contractor: · All measures will be maintained in good working order; if a repair is necessary, it will be initiated within twenty-four (24) hours of report. - · Built up sediment will be removed from silt fence when it has reached one-third the height of the fence. · Silt fence will be inspected for depth of sediment, tears, to see if the fabric is ---- securely attached to the fence posts, and to see that the fence posts are firmly in the ground. · Diversion dike will be inspected and any breaches promptly repaired. · Temporary and permanent seeding and planting will be inspected for bare spots, washouts, and healthy growth. --. · The site pollution prevention inspector will select individuals who wil| be responsible for inspections, maintenance and repair activities, and filling out the inspection and maintenance report. ~ The inspections by General Contractor should take place not less than once every seven calendar days and within twenty-four (24) hours of any storm of 0.5 inches or greater. Inspections shall occur once per month for areas which are finally _ · stabilized. The attached report forms (See Appendix B) should be used during · inspections and should be retained as part of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan for at least three years from the date that the site is finally stabilized. -- Any inadequacies revealed in the inspection require revision of the site description and .pollution prevention measures. Any changes to the plan must be carried out within seven days of the site inspection. Revisions to the plan are to be included in -= Appendix C and submitted to Glenn Engineering Corporation. Retention of Records The C)wner is required to retain records or copies of all reports required by this permit, including storm water pollution prevention plans and records of all data used to complete the NC)I to be covered by the permit, for a period of at least three years from the date of final stabilization. This period may be extended by request ~ of the EPA. The General Contractor shall turn over this report with the Certification of Substantial Completion. 01563-11 VI. NON-STORM WATER DISCHARGES It is expected that the following non-storm water discharges will occur from the site during the construction period: · Water from water line flushings and testing; · Pavement wash waters (where no spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have occurred); and · Uncontaminated groundwater (from dewatering excavation). All non-storm water discharges will be directed to discharge points (i.e., storm sewer, filtration devices, grassy swale, etc.) capable of appropriately handling the suspected contaminants contained within the discharge. 01563 - 12 -- CERTIFICATION FORMS 01563 - 13 POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN CERTIFICATION I certify.under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry, of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility o'f fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signed: Name Title Company Date: 01563-14 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National · " Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of thi. s certification {Coppell lSD Flementary School). For Signature (Con'party Name, Address, Phone Responsible For (Name, litle) No.) *Note: This ~orm must be filled out by all Subcontractors. 01563-15 APPENDICES 01563-16 _ '- APPENDIX A _ Inspection Report Forms 01563 o 17 INSPECTION REPORT FORM Name and qualifications of Inspector: Date: Date of last rainfall and amount: DISTURBED AREAS: Inspect for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage system. Comments/Observations: STORAGE AREAS EXPOSED TO PRECIPITATION: Inspect for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage system. Comments/Observations:, EROSION/SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES: Hay bale berms/dikes Is this system operating correctly? Yes No Comments: Silt Fences Is this system operating correctly? Yes No Comments: 01563-18 ~ ACCESSIBLE DISCHARGE POINTS: Inspect to determine whether erosion control measures are effective Jn preventing significant impacts to receiving waters i.e., an~, sig~s of erosion or sediments associated with discharge location. Comments/Observations: INGRESS/EGRESS LOCATIONS: Any evidence of off-site sediment tracking: Signature 01563-19 APPENDIX B Pollution Prevention Plan Revisions 01563-20 POLLUTION PREVENT PLAN REVISIONS Date: Reason for revision: Description of revision: 01563-21 COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Suppleme~ntary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrative and procedural, requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use 16 in the Project. 17 18 Standard~ Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified. 19 20 Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract are included under 21 Section "Product Substitutions." 22 23. Since the Owner is a ~3overnmental entity or an organization which may be exempted from the sales and use taxes on 24 certain tangible personal property, the Contractor shall be responsible for: 25 26 Determining whether such governmental entity or organization is exempt from such taxes under the Contract 27 Documents. 28 29 Determining whether your purchase of any tangible personal property for use in the performance of this contract is 30 exempt. 31 32 Obtaining any sales tax exemption certificate from the Owner. 33 34 Properly issuing any sales tax exemption certificateto a seller or supplier that the sale of any item of tangible personal 35 property qualifies for an exemption. 36 37 Maintaining any records required by the laws of the State of Texas or by any valid rules and/or regulations of the 38 Comptroller of Public ACcounts of the State of Texas. 39 40 Payment of any legally assessed penalties or fines for improper use of any exemption Certificate. 41 42 DEFINITIONS 43 44 Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such 45 as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and 46 have well recognized meanings in the construction industry. 47 48 "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from 49 previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of 50 similar intent. 51 52 "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, 53 indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 54 55 "Forei.qn Products", as distinguished from "domestic products," are items substantially manufactured (50 percent or 56 more of value) outside of the United States and its possessions; or produced or supplied by entities substantially 57. owned (more than 50 percent) by persons who are not citizens of nor living within the United States and its 58 possessions. 59 60 "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or othenNise fabricated, 61 processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 62 63 "Ecluil3ment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service 64 connections.such as wiring or piping. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600- 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 04964~55(SITE) 1 2 3 SUBMITTALS 4 5 Product List Schedule: Prepare a schedule showing products specified in a tabular form acceptable to the Architect. 6 Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item 7 listed. 8 9 Coordinate the product list schedule with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals. 10 11 Form: Prepare the product listing schedule with information on each item tabulated under the following column 12 headings: 13 14 Related Specification Section number. 15 Generic name used in Contract Documents. 16 Proprietary name, model number and similar designations. 17 Manufacturer's name and address. 18 Supplier's name and address. 19 Installer's name and address. 20 Projected delivery date, or time span of delivery period. 21 22 Initial Submittal' Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list 23 schedule. Provide a written explanationfor omissions of data, and for known variationsfrom Contract requirements. 24 25 At the Contractor's option, the initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be 26 established early in the Contract period. 27 28 Completed Schedul~ Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed 29 product list schedule. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data, and for known variations from Contract 30 requirements. 31 32 Architect's Action: The Architect will respond in writing to the Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed 33 product list schedule. No response within this time period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturersor products. 34 but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with Contract Documents. The Architect's 35 response will include the following: 36 37 A list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action. 38 39 40 QUALITY ,~SSURANCE 41 42 Source Limitations To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a singl~ source. 43 44 When specified products are available only from sources that do not or cannot produce a quantity adequate to 45 complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Architect for a determination of the most important 46 product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes relating to visual appearance, strength, durability, 47 or compatibility. When a determination has been made, select products from sources that produce products that 48 possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible. 49 50 Compatibility of Option~ When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the 51 Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products 52 were also options. 53 54 Foreign Product Limitations Except under one or more of the following conditions, provide domestic products, not foreign 55 products, for inclusion in the Work: 56 57 No available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents. 58 59 Domestic products that comply with Contract Documents are only available at prices or terms that are substantially 60 higher than foreign products that also comply with the Con'tract Documents. 61 62 The product is not expressly prohibited in other parts of the Contract Documents. 63 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Nameplate-~ Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's 2 nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the 3 exterior. 4 5 Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after 6 installation, on an accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 7 8 Equipment Nameplates Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated 9 equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface which is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall 10 contain the following information and other essential operating data: 11 12 Name of product and manufacturer. 13 Model and serial number. 14 Capacity. 15 Speed. 16 Ratings. 17 18 19 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' 20 21 Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer'srecommendations, using means and methods that 22 will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. 23 24 Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 25 26 Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, 27 easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses. 28 29 Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with 30 labels and instructionsfor handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. 31 32 Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are 33 undamaged and properly protected. ' · 34 35 Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 36 37 Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 38 39 Store products subject to damage by the elements above.ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with 40 ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and' humidity within range required by 41 manufacturer's instructions. 42 43 44 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 45 46 47 PRODUCT SELECTION 48 49 General Product Requirements Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, 50 unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation. 51 52 Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a 53 complete installationand for the intended use and effect. 54. 55 Standard Product~ Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used 56 successfully in similar situations on other projects. 57 58 Product Selection Procedure-~ Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by 59 previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 60 61 Proprietary S~ecification Recluirements Where only a single product or manufacturer is named, provide the product 62 indicated. No substitutionswill be permitted. 63 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SemiproprietarySpecification ReQuirements Where two or more products or manufacturers are named, provide one 2 of the products indicated. No substitutionswill be permitted. 3 4 Where products or manufacturersare specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal" 5 com~)ly with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed 6 product. 7 8 Non-Proprietary Specifications When the Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be 9 incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractorto use of these products only, the Contractor may propose 10 any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions 11 concerning substitutionsto obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 12 13 Descriptive Specification Recluirements Where Specifications describe a product or assembly, listing exact 14 characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that provides the 15 characteristicsand otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 16 17 Performance Specification Recluirements Where Specifications require complian,ce with performance requirements, 18 provide products that comply with these requirements, and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application 1.9 indicated. General overall performanceof a product is implied where the product is specified for a specific application. 20 21 Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature, or by 'the manufacturer's 22 certification of performance. 23' 24 Compliance with Standards, Codes and Re.qulation~ Where the Specifications only require compliance with an 25 imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations 26 specified. 27 28 Visual Matchincr Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final 29 on whether a proposed product matches, satisfactorily. 30 31 Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and also complies with other 32 specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning substitutions for 33 selection of a matching product in another product category, or for noncompliancewith specified requirements. 34 35 Visual Selection~ Where specified product requirements include the phrase "...as selected from manufacturer's 36 standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other 37 specified requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern and texture from the product line selected. 38 39 AIIowance-~ Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance" provisions in Division-1 for allowances that 40 control product selection, and for procedures required for processing such selections. 41 42 PART 3 - EXECUTION 43 45 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS 46 47 Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. 48 Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. 49 50 Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of 51 Substantial Completion. 52 53 54 END OF SECTION 01600 55 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01631 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections,.apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrativeand procedural requirementsfor handling requests for substitutions made both prior to 16 receipt of bids and after as herein specified. 17 18 The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals." 19 20 Standards: Refer to Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" for applicability of industry standards to products 21 specified. 22 23 Procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options are included under Section 24 "Materials and Equipment." 25 26 27 DEFINITIONS 28 29 Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract 30 Documents. 31 32 Substitutions Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract 33 Documents proposed by the Contractor 10 days prior to receipt of bids are considered requests for substitutions. The 34 following are not considered substitutions: 35 36 Substitutions requested by Bidders during the bidding period, and accepted prior to award of Contract, are considered 37 as included in the Contract Documents. 38 39 Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 40 41 Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 42 43 The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing 44 authorities. 45 46 47 SUBMITTALS 48 49 50 Substitution Recluest Submittat Requests for substitution will be considered if received at least 10 days pdor to bid date. 51 Requests received after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. 52 53 Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and in accordance with 54 procedures required for Change Order proposals. 55 56 Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related 57 Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the re- 58 quirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: 59 60 Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. 61 62 Samples, where applicable or requested. 63 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORT, H 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substiiution with those of the Work specified. Significant 2 qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. 3 4 Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to 5 construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the 6 proposed substitution. 7 8 A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Anticipated Project Schedule and Contract Construction 9 Schedule after award of contract compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of 10 the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. 11 12 Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any, from the specified product or assembly, or the contract 13 sum. 14 15 Certification by the Bidder or Contractorthat the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect 16 to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the 17 Contractor'swaiver of rights to additional payment or time. that may subsequently become necessary because of the 18 failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 19 20 Architect's Action: Ifa decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, 21 use the product specified by name. Acceptance of the proposed substitutionwill be in the form of an Addendum which 22 lists all prior approved products prior to award of contract and a change order after the award of contract. 23 24 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 27 28 SUBSTITUTIONS 29 30 Conditions The Bidder's or Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Architect when all of the 31 mandatory conditions are satisfied and one or more of the optional conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect; 32 otherw, ise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliancewith these requirements. 33 34 35 Mandatory Conditions 36 37 Submitted as required prior to bidding. 38 39 Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. 40 41 Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents· 42 43 The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. 45 Optional Conditions 46 47 The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 48 49 The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be 50 considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or 51 coordinate activities properly. 5:2 o 53 The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the 54 requested substitution can be approved· 55 56 A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of 57 merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilitiesthe Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilitiesfor the 58 Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of 59 other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. 60 61 The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other 62 materials, and where the Bidder or Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 63 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR9? 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Bidder or 2 Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 3 4 The specified product or method of constructio[~ cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and 5 where the Bidder or Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provide the required warranty. 6 7 The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to 8 construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for 9 substitution, nor does it constitute approval. 10 11 FAILURE OF TIMELY ORDER - The contractor is responsible for assuring the timely order of all materials specified. If a 12 specified material, or color of material cannot be delivered by the contract completion date, due to failure to order the 13 material in a timely manner, ~he contractor shall be responsiblefor supplying an equal or better material. The architect shall 14 be the sole determinant of the approved substitute material. The contractorshall also be charged an amount equal to 5% of 15 the value of the specified material. This amount shall be credited to the owner through a change order to the contract. The 16 word "material", as used in this section, includes all items specified in the speciflcationsor shown on the drawings. 17 18 19 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not ApplicabJe). 20 21 22 END OF SECTION 01631 23 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 , 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CL~OSEOUT 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Divisi(~n-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies administrativeand procedural requirementsfor project closeout, including but not limited to: 16 17 Inspection procedures. 18 Project record document submittal. 19 Operating and maintenance manual submittal. 20 Submittal of warranties. 21 Final cleaning. 22 23 Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions-2 24 through -16. 25 26 27 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 28 29 Preliminary Procedure~ Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. 30 List exceptions in the request. 31 32 In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 33 t00 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documents 34 for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the 35 Contract Sum. 36 37 If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incompleie construction, 38 and reasons the Work is not complete. 39 40 Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements. 41 42 Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 43 44 Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; 45 include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 46 47 Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property 48 survey, and similar final record ihformation. 49 50 Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 51 52 Make final,change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of 53 change-over in security provisions. 54 55 Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. 56 Discontinue.or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and 57 similar elements. 58 59 Ins~)ection Procedure~ On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the 60 Contractor of unfilled requirements. Th(t Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Comple~ion following inspection, 61 or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 62 63 The Architect will repeat inspection when requested, and assured by the Contractor in writing, that the Work has been 64 substantially completed. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 3 4 5 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 6 7 Preliminary Procedure-~ Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete 8 the following. List exceptions in the request. 9 10 - Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not.previously submitted and accepted. 11 Include certificatesof insurance for products and completed operations where required. 12 13 Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 14 15 Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each 16 item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the 17 Architect. 18 19 Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial 20 Completion, or when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 21 22 Submit consent of surety to final payment. 23 24 Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 25 26 Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.. 27 28 Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred 29 exposed finishes. 30 31 Reinspection Procedure The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list 32 items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of 33 circumstancesacceptableto the Architect. 34 35 Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of 36 Work that is incomplete or of obligationsthat have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 37 38 If necessary, reinspectionwill be repeated. 39 40 Should the Architect perform reinspections, due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion 41 made by the Contractor, the Owner shall compensate the Architect for additional services; and the Owner shall deduct 42 the amount of the compensation from the final payment to the Contractor. 43 45 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS 46 47 General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, 48 fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. 49 50 Record Drawin.q~ Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop 51 Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally 52 shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are 53 used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to 54 concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 55 56 Mark record sets with colored erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate 57 categories of the Work; use the following color code: 58 59 Red for ArchitecturaIWork 60 Blue for Structural Work 61 Green for Plumbing Work 62 Orange for HVAC Work 63 Brown for Electrical Work 64 Black for other written notations PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 04964.55(SITE) 1 2 Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3 4 Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 5 6 At completion of project, transfer all Project Record Data to one complete set of mylar sepias using mylar compatible 7 colored pencils or ink. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, 8 and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. Deliver one complete set o.f mylar 9 sepias of all drawings to the Architect for the Owner's records. The cost of printing the mylar sepias shall be paid by 10 the Contractor. 11 12 13 14 Record Specifications Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written 15 construction documents such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these 16 documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and 17 modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar infon'nation on elements that are 18 concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information 19 and Product Data. 20 21 Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specificationsto the Architect for the Owner's records. 22 23 Record Product Data: Maintain one copy df each Product Data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant 24 variations in the actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered 25 to the site, and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to 26 concealed products and port!ons of the Work which cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note 27 related Change Orders and mark-up of record drawings and Specifications. 28 29 Upon completion of mark-up, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. 30 31 Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, the Contractorwill meet at the 32 site with the Architect and the Owner's personnel to determine which of the submitted Samples have been maintained 33' · during progress of the Work are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's 34 Sample storage area. 35 36 Miscellaneous Record Submittals Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record-keeping 37 and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial 38 Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for 39 continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. 40 41 Maintenance Manual~ Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly 42 indexed data in individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. 43 Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 44 45 Emergency instructions. 46 Spare parts list. 47 Copies of warranties. 48 Wiring diagrams. 49 Recommended "turn around" cycles. 50 Inspection procedures. 51 Shop Drawings and Product Da.ta. 52 Fixture lamping schedule. 53 55 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 56 57 Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be 58 cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property, or that might damage finished 59 surfaces. 60 61 62 PART 3 - EXECUTION 63 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 2 3 Operating and Maintenance Instructions Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet 4 with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. If installers are not experienced in 5 procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items: 7 Maintenance manuals. 8 Record documents. 9 Spare parts and materials. 10 Tools. 11 Lubricants. 12 Fuels. 13 Identification systems. 14 Control sequences. 15 Hazards. 16 Cleaning. 17 Warranties and bonds, 18 Maintenance agreements and'similar continuing commitments. 19 20 As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstratethe following procedures: 21 22 Start-up. 23 Shut down. 24 Emergency operations. 25 Noise and vibration adjustments. 26 Safety procedures. 27 Economy and efficiency adjustments. 28 Effective energy utilization. 29 30 FINAL CLEANING 31 32 General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary 33 Facilities". 34 35 Cleanincl: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the 36 condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's 37 instructions. 38 39 Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. 40 41 Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 42 43 Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other 44 substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged 45 transparent materials. 46 47 Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar 48 foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom 49 clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. 50 51 Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean 52 plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 53 54 Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas 55 broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a 56 smooth even-textured surface. 57 58 Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection, and rid the Project of rodents, insects and 59 other pests. 60 61 Removal of Protection Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. 62 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WOF;~K AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Complianc~ Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste 2 materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous 3 materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. 4 5 Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, 6 arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. 7 8 9 END OF SECTION 01'700 10 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700- 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIESAND BONDS 2 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 ~' 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the 16 Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. 17. 18 Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 19 20 General closeout requirementsare included in Section "Project Closeout." 21 22 Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are 23 included in the individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16. 24 25 Certificationsand other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the 26 Contract Documents. 27 28 Disclaimers and Limitations Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor 29 of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors 30 required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 31 32 Sel3arate Prime Contract-~ Each pdme Contractor is responsible for warranties related to its own Contract. 33 34 35 . DEFINITIONS 36 37 Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products 38 and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturerto the O,~ner. 39 40 Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits 41 provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. 42 43 44 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS 45 46 Related Dama.cles and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has 47 been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of 48 warranted Work. 49 50 Reinstatementof Warrant~. When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, 51 reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an 52 equitable adjustment for depreciation. 53 54 Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an 55 acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of 56 replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a · 57 portion of its anticipated useful service life. 58 59 Owner's Recourse Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the 60 duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as 61 limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 62 63 Reiection of Warrantie~ The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with 64 warranties not in conflict with requirementsof the Contract Documents. WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar 3 commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign ,.,, 4 such commitments are willing to do so. 5 6 7 SUBMITTALS 8 9 Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate 10 of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion 11 for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. 12 13 When a designated portion of the Work is completed and ~)ccupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with 14 the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within fifteen days 15 of completion of that designated portion of the Work. 16 17 When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or 18 manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the 19 required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. 20 21 Forms for special warranties are included at the end of this Section. Prepare a written document utilizing the appropriate 22 form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or the Contractor and subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer. Submit a draft to '-, 23 the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. 24 25 Refer to individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements 26 for submittal of special warranties. '"' 27 28 Form of Submittat At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond properly executed by the 29 Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly 30 sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 31 32 Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as 33 necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. 34 35 Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify 36 the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the 37 product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. 38 39 Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS, the 40 Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. 41 ---, 42 When operating and maintenance manuals are requh'ed for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each 43 required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. 45 46 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable). 47 48 49 PART 3 - EXECUTION 50 51 52 SCHEDULE OF WARRANTIES 53 54. Schedule Provide warranties and bonds on products and installations including, but not limited to, those specified in the 55 following Sections: 56 57 Termite Control Treatment: Section 02282- Termite Control 58 Flexible Sheet Roofing: Section 07530 - Flexible Sheet 59 Roofing 60 Flush Wood Doors: Section 08211 - Flush Wood Doors 61. Aluminum Entrances Section 08411 - Aluminum Entrances 62 and Storefronts: and Storefronts 63 Aluminum Windows: Section 08520 - Aluminum Windows 64 Carpeting: Section 09680- Carpeting WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Porcelain Enamel Chalkboards Section 10100 - Visual Display Boards 2 Mirrors: Section 10800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories 3 Hydraulic Elevators: Section 14240- Hydraulic 4 Elevators 5 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 02110- SITE CLEARING 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification 10 Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section includes the following: 16 17 Protection of existing trees. 18 19 Removal of trees and other vegetation. 2O 21 Topsoil stripping. 22 23 Clearing and grubbing. 24 25 Removing above-grade improvements. 26 27 Removing below-grade improvements. 28 29 30 PROJECT CONDITIONS 31 32 Traffic Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent 33 occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without permission 34 from authorities having jurisdiction. 35 36 Protection of Existinq Improvements Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated 37 to remain in place. 38 39 Protect improvements on adjoining proper~es and on Owner's property. 40 41 Restore dama.qed improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to property owners. 42 43 Protection of Existing Trees and Ve.qetatior[ Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, 44 against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling 45 construction materials or excavated materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within 46 drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. 47 48 Water trees and other ve.qetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during 49 course of construction operations. 50 51 Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2 inch diameter that are cut during co.nstruction operations. Coat cut faces with 52 an emulsified asphalt, or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover 53 exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. 55 Repair or replace trees and ve.qetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in a 56 manner acceptable to Architect. Employ a licensed arborist to repair damages to trees and shrubs. 57 58 Rel31ace trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by arborist. 59 60 Iml~rovements on Adioinincl Prol3ert~. Authority for performing removal and alteration work on property adjoining Owner's 61 property will be obtained by Owner prior to award of contract. 62 63 Extent of work on adiacent properb/is indicated on Drawings. SITE CLEARING 02110 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPI:LL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH ?MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Salvable Improvements Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged, and store on Owner's premises where indicated 2 or directed. 3 4 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 7 Not applicable to this Section. 8 9 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 13 SITE CLEARING 14 15 Generat. Remove trees, shrubs, grass and other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions as required to permit 16 installation of new construction. Remove similar items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. "Removal" 17 includes digging out and off-site disposing of stumps and roots. 18 19 Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner, where such roots and 20 branches obstruct installation of new construction. 21 22 Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less than 4 inches. Satisfactory topsoil is 23 reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and without weeds.' roots, and 24 . other objectionable material. 25 26 Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other 27 objectionable material. 28 29 Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. 3O 31 Where existing trees are indicated to remain, leave existing topsoil in place within drip lines to prevent damage 32 to root system. 33 34 Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas indicated or directed. Construct storage piles to provide free drainage of 35 surface water. Cover storage piles, if re_quired, to prevent wind erosion. 36 37 Dispose of unsuitable or excess topsoil same as specified for disposal of waste material. 38 39 Clearin.cl and Grubbin.q: Clear site of trees, shrubs and other vegetation, except for those indicated to be left standing. 40 41 Completely rerdove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 42 43 Use only hand methods for .qrubbin.q inside drip line of trees indicated to remain. 45 Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation 46 or earthwork is indicated. 47 48 Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to a density 49 equal to adjacent original ground. 50 51 Removal of Iml3rovements Remove existing above-grade and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary 52 to facilitate new construction. 53 54 Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be indicated on mechanical or electrical 55 drawings, and is included under work of related Division 15 and 16 sections. Removal of abandoned underground 56 piping or conduit interfering with construction is included under this Section. 57 58 59 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS 6O 61 Burninq on Owner's Properb/. Burning is not permitted on Owner's property. 62 63 Removai to Owner's Areas: Transport excess topsoil materials to designated areas on Owner's properties and dispose of 64 as directed. SITE CLEARING 02110 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials from Owner's property. 3 4 5 END OF SECTION 02110 6 SITE CLEARING 02110 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract. including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification 10 Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section includes the following: 16 17 Preparin.q of subclrade for building slabs, walks, and pavements. 18 19 Excavatinq and backfillincl of trenches within building lines. 20 21 Excavatin(3 and backfillincl for underground mechanical and electrical utilities and buried mechanical and electrical 22 appurtenances. 23 24 Final Gradinq, together with placement and preparation of topsoil for lawns and planting, is specified in Division 2 Section, '25 "LandscapeWork." 26 27 SUBMITTALS 28 29 Test Report~ The independent testing laboratory shall submit the following reports directly to ArchitectJEngineerwith copy 3(~ to others as designated in accordancewith the provisions of section 01400 "Quality Control Services." State in each report 31 whether or not the test specimens comply with the specified requirements, and indicate any deviations. 32 33 Test reports on soil material properties. 34 35 _ Field reports; in-place soil density tests. 36 37 One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. 38 39 Testinq Laboratow Qualifications To qualify for acceptance, the geotechnical testing laboratory must demonstrate to 40 ArchitectJEngineer'ssatisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has 41 the experience and capability to conduct required field and laboratory geo-technical testing without delaying the progress of 42 the Work. 43 45 DEFINITIONS 46 47 Borrow consists of off-site material. 48 49 Excavation consists of removal of all materials encountered to obtain the required subgrade elevations indicated and 50 subsequent disposal of materials removed. 51 52 Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without 53 specific direction of Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect/Engineer, 54 shall be at Contractor'sexpense. 55 56 Sub(~rad~ The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase, or topsoil mat. erials. 57 58 Structure Buildings, foundations, slabs, or other man-made stationary features occurring above or below ground surface. 59 60 61 QUALITY ASSURANCE 62 63 Codes and Standard-~ Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having 64 jurisdiction.' EARTHWORK 02200 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Soil properties Test in accordance with the requirementsof Part 2 - Products, article "Soil Materials." 3 4 PROJECT CONDITIONS 5 6 Site Informatior[ Data in subsurface investigation reports was used for the basis of the design and are available to the 7 Contractor for information only. Conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity 8 between soil borings. The Owner will not be responsible,for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by 9 Contractor. 10 11 Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by Contractor, at the Contractor's option; 12 however, no change in the Contract Sum will be authorized for such additional exploration. 13 14 Use of Explosive-~ Use of explosives is not permitted. 15 --' 16 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 19 20 SOIL MATERIALS 21 22 Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW, GP. GM. SM, 23 SW. and SP. and meeting the requirements of the General Notes on the structural drawings. 24 25 Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classificati.on groups CC, SC. ML. MH, 26 CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT. '-"- 27 28 29 Subbase Material Clean naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, or crushed slag. 30 31 Backfill and Fill Materials Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, 32 debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. Refer to the general notes on the drawings for 33 acceptable soil properties as determined by ASTM D4318. 34 35 Other Materials All other materials not specifically described, but required for the proper completion of the work of this 36 section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer. 37 38 39 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4O 41 42 EXCAVATION 43 44 Excavation Classifications The following classifications of excavation will be made when rock is encountered: 45 46 Earth Excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, 47 utilities, and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; togetherwith earth and other materials encountered 48 that are not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. 49 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS 50 51 General: Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. 52 53 Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Shore 54 and brace where sloping is not possible, because of space restrictions or stability of matedal excavated. Maintain sides and 55 slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. 56 57 DEWATERING 58 59 Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing.into excavations and from flooding project site and 60 surrounding area. 61 62 Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms and soil 63 changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excava- 2 . tions. 3 4 Establish and maintain temporary drainacle ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water 5 ' and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary 6 drainage ditches. Do not allow water to stand near the foundation of any structure at any time. 7 8 9 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS 10 11 Stockpile excavated materials a. cceptable for backfill and fill where directed. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper 12 drainage. 13 14 Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of trees indicated to 15 remain. 16 17 Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable for use as backfill or fill. 18 19 20 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES 21 22 Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot, and extending a sufficient 23 distance from foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, and other 24 construction and for inspection. 25 26 When excavation exceeds five (5) foot in depth, the soil on all sides of the excavation shall be layed back at a slope 27 not to exceed two (2) horizontal to one (1) vertical. 28 29 Removal of Unsatisfactory Soil Material~' Excavate unsatisfactory soil materials encountered that extend below the required 30 elevations, to the additional depth directed by the Architect/Engineer. Such additional excavation, provided it is not due to 31 the fault or neglect of the Contractor, will be measured as directed by the ^rchitectJEngineerand paid for by the Owner as a 32 change in the work. Where the removal of unsatisfactory soil materials, is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor in 33 his performance of earthwork and site grading operations, excavate the resulting unsatisfactory soil material and replace 34 with compacted satisfactory soil material as required. 35 36 37 TRENCH EX~;AVATION FOR PIPES AND CONDUIT 38 39 Excavate trenches to uniform width, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 6 to 9 inches of 40 clearance on both sides of pipe or conduit. When excavation exceeds five (5) foot in depth, the soil on all-sides of the 41 excavation shall be layed back at a slope not to exceed two (2) horizontal to one (1) vertical. 42 43 Excavate trenches and conduit to depth indicated or required to establish indicated slope and invert elevations and to 44 support bottom of pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of 45 top of pipe below frost line. 46 47 48 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION 49 50 Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospherictemperature is less than 35 degrees F. 51 52 53 BACKFILLAND FILL 55 General: Place soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below, using 56 materials specified in Part 2 of this Section. 57 58 Under .qra~ssed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material. 59 60 Under walks and pavements, use subbase material, satisfactoryexc, avated'or borrow material, or a combination. 61 62 Under steps, use subbase material. 63 64 Under buildincl slabs on void forms, use fill material. EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling is authorized by 3 Architect/Engineer. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacementof pipe systems. 4 5 Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 6 7 Acceptance of construction below finish grade. '8 9 Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities have been performed and recorded. '10 11 Removal of concrete formwork. 12 13 Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfillin, g of voids with satisfactory materials. 14 15 Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 16 17 18 PLACEMENTAND COMPACTION 19 20 Ground Surface Preparatior[ Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious 21 materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than I vertical to 4 22 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. 23 24 When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for particular area 25 classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to 26 required depth and percentage of maximum density. 27 28 Place backfill and select fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy 29 compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. 30 31 Before compaction, moisten or aerate each laver as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer 32 to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or 33 fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 34 35 Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, or conduit to required elevations. Prevent wedging 36 action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, 37 piping, or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift. ~ 38 39 Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification indicated. 40 41 Percentaqe of Maximum Density Re(~uirements Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum 42 density, in accordance with ASTM D 698: 43 44 Under structures, buildincl slabs, stel3s, and 13avements, compact top 12 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill 45 or fill material at a minimum of 95 percent maximum density, and a maximum of 100 percent maximum density. 46 47 Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent 48 maximum density.. 49 50 Under walkwavs, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum 61 density. 52 53 Moisture Control:. Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly 54 apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantity as necessary to prevent 55 free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Acceptable moisture content 56 for fill material shall be from optimum to plus 6% from optimum as determined by ASTM D 698. Acceptable moisture 57 content for subgrade material shall be at plus or minus 3% from optimum as determined by ASTM D 698. 58 59 - Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compactionto specified density. 60 61 Stockl3ile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction.Assist drying by 62 discing, harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactoryvalue. ' 63 EARTHWORK 02200 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH ?MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I GRADING 2 3 General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth 4 finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are 5 indicated, or between such points and existing grades. Fill Iow areas resulting,from removal of unsatisfactorysoil materials, 6 obstructions, and other deleterious materials, using satisfactory soil material. Shape to line, grade, and cross section as 7 shown on the drawings. 8 9 Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent 10 ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregularsurfacechanges and as follows: 11 12 Lawn or Unpaved Areas: .Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10 foot above or below required 13 subgrade elevations. 14 15 Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 0.10 16 foot above or below required subgrade elevation. 17 18 Gradin.q Surface of Fill Under Buildin.q Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to 19 required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. 20 21 Compaction~ After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum or relative 22 density for each area classification 23 -24 25 26 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE 27 28 General: Subbase course consists of placing subbase material, in layers of specified thickness, over subgrade surfaco to 29 support a pavement base course. 30 31 Refer to other Division 2 sections for paving specifications. 32 33 Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross-slope of subbase course. 34 35 Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of. 36 acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each subbase course layer. Compact and roll 37. at least a 12-inch width of shoulder simultaneouswith the compaction and rolling of each layer of subbase course. 38 39 Pl~3cin,q: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross- 40 section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase material during placement operations. 41 42 When a compacted subbase course is indicated to be 6 inches thick or less, place material in a single layer. When 43 indicated to be more than 6 inches thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 6 inches or 44 less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted. 45 46 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 47 48 Quality Control Testin.q Durin.ci Constructior~ Independent testing laboratory shall inspect and approve each subgrade and 49 fill layer before further backfill or construction work is performed. The testing laboratory will be responsible for verbally 50 informing the Contractor of the test results immediately upon completion, so unnecessary delay is eliminated and 51 unsatisfactorywork is not covered up. Continued progress of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility 52 of complying with specification requirements. 53 55 Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556. (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon 56 method), as applicable. 57 58 Field density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method in accordance with ASTM D 2922, providing that 59 calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. In 60 conjunction with each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages in 61 accordancewith ASTM D 3017. 62 EARTHWORK 02200 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 If field tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at 2 beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the 3 ArchitectJEngineer. '" ~ 4 5 Paved Area and BuildinCl Slab Sub.qrad~ Perform at least one field density test of subgrade per the frequency listed 6 below, but in no case fewer that three tests. In each compacted fill layer, perform one field density test per the 7 frequency listed below, but in no case fewer than three tests. ~ 8 9 Structuresand buildin.q slabs: 5000 sq. ft. 10 11 Pavement.~ 10,000 sq ft for the subgrade and layer of'fill, and 5000 sq ft for the top layer of fill. -" 12 13 Site Utilities Every 300 lineal foot of trench, or in accordance with the local governing authority. 14 ~ 15 Foundation Wall Backfill Perform at least two field density tests at locations and elevations as directed. 16 17 If in opinion of Architect/Enclinee~; based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or fills that have been placed 18 are below specified density, perform additional compaction and testing until specified density is obtained. --, 19 20 21 EROSION CONTROL 22 --' 23 Provide erosion control methods in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 24 25 Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work and on and near all off-site borrow areas if such dust is 26 caused by the Contractor's operations during performance of the work or if resulting from the condition in which the '"' 27 Contractor leaves the site. 28 29 Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent ~ 30 performance of other work on the site. 31 32 MAINTENANCE 33 .-, 34 Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 35 36 Repair and reestablish .qrades in ~,ettled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. 37 ~ 38 RecdnditioninclCompacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations 39 or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. 40 41 Settlinc[ Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general proje~:t warranty period, remove ~ 42 surface, add backfill material, Compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of 43 surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 45 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS 46 47 48 Removal from Owner's Property. Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash, and debris, ~ 49 and dispose of it off Owner's property. 50 51 52 END OF SECTION 02200 ~ 53 ' EARTHWORK 02200 - 6 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 02244 - LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification 10 sections, apply to work of this section. 12 13 SUMMARY: 14 15 This section includes the materials, mixing, placement, and compaction required for the stabilization of soils by pulverizing, 16 adding lime, and finishing to the li~es and grades shown on the drawings. Scope of the work shall be as described in the 17 contract drawings. 18 19 20 SUBMITTALS 21 22 Test Report~ The independent testing laboratory shall submit the following reports directly to ArchitectJEngineerwith copy 23 to others as designated in accordance with the provisions of section 01400" Quality Control Services." State in each report 24 whether or not the test specimens comply with the specified requirements, and indicate any deviations. 25 26 Field reports; in-place soil density and moisture content tests. 27 28 Field reports; pulverized soil gradation tests. 29 3O 31 QUALITY ASSURANCI::' 32 33 Coordinatiorz If separate contractors are involved with the lime stabilization and the general fill operations, the General 34 Contractor shall be responsible for the proper coordination of the work to insure full compliance with all portions of the 35 specifications, and shall be the single source of responsibility. 36 37 Existin.q Condition~ . If conditions are other than shown on the drawings or contract documents, notify the 38 Architect/Engineerimmediately. 39 40 Precaution~ Extreme precautions shall be'taken to prevent contamin;,tion of areas of the site where existing trees or other 41 vegetation is to remain and where future planting is to be placed which is not sufficiently covered with additional topsoil 42 material to prevent contamination. Similar precautions shall be taken to protect adjacent property and traffic, 43 44 _ Codes and Standard~ Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more 45 stringent requirementsare shown or specified: 46 47 Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation Standard SPecifications for Construction of Highways, 48 Streets, and Bridges (SDHPT). 49 50 Item 260 - Lime Treatment for Materials in Place 51 52 Item 264 - Hydrated lime and Lime Slurry 53 54 55 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 56 57 58 MATERIALS: 59 60 Hydrated Lime: SDHPT, Item 264, Commercial Lime, Type B, Grade 1. 61 62 Hydrated lime shall be a dry powder obtained by treating quick-lime with enough water to satisfy its chemical affinity for 63 water under the conditions of its hydration. This material should consist essentially of calcium hydroxide, magnesium oxide, 64 and magnesium hydroxide, which are the active constituents of lime. LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 02244 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Lime Concentratior~ Two alternative requirements based on differenttests are permissible: 3 4 Total Oxides: For either high calcium or dolomitic hydrated lime, a minimum of 95% total oxide content (CaO + MgO) 5 on a non-volatile basis is required. 6 7 If this test is elected, the hydrate must contain no more than 5% carbon dioxide content, if sampled at lime plant, or no 8 more than 7%, if sampled at destination. Determination of total oxide and carbon dioxide contents shall conform to 9 ASTM Specification C 25, "Chemical Analysis of Limestone, Quicklime, and Hydrated Lime." 10 11 Available Lime: For high calcium hydrated lime a minimum available lime (CaO) content of 90% is required, on a 12 non-volatile basis (correspondingto a minimum of 68.1% on a volatile basis). 13 14 Determination of available lime shall conform to either the "Rapid Sugar" test in ASTM Specification C 25 or any 15 equivalenttest, such as AASHO T219-72, "Testing Lime for Chemical Constituentsand Particle Size." 16 17 Particle Size: All hydrated lime shall conform to the following gradation requirement: At least 85% passing a #200 sieve. 18 Determination of particle size shall conform to the provision for wet sieving in ASTM C 110, "Methods of Physical Testing for 19 Quicklime and Hydrated Lime." 20 2-1 Water. Clean, potable, and free of impurities. 22 23 Other Material-~ All other materials not specifically described but required for the proper completion of the-wor.k in this 24 section, shall be as selected by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer. 25 26 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 29 30 GENERAl' 31 32 Under drives and parking areas the top six inches of subgrade shall be stabilized to a distance of two feet beyond the edge 33 of the paving. 34 35 The hydrated lime shale be applied o_nly in the area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same 36 working day. 37 38 The hydrated lime can be placed by either the dry method or the slurry method. 39 40 Construction methods shall conform with the applicable sections of the SDH PT specification, Item 260, "Lime treatment for 41 Materials in Place." 42 43 44 APPLICATION 45 46 The percent of hydrated lime to the dry weight of the soil shall be six (6) percent. The Contractor shall be responsible for 47 calculating the number of square yards in each area and the amounts (pounds) per truck-load, so that the rate of application 48 can be checked very closely. 49 50 The distribution of lime shall be uniformly placed in such quantity that all soil to be treated receives the minimum percentage 51 of lime and successive passes made until the proper moisture and lime content is obtained. 52 53 Dry Method: The dry method of placing hydrated lime has been prohibited by some municipalities since the lime is very 54 easily blown by the wind. The Contractor is responsible for checking all local ordinances prior to commencement of work. 55. The lime shall not be applied when wind conditions are such that blowing lime becomes objectionable to traffic or adjacent 56 property owners. A motor grader shall not be used to spread the lime. The material shall be sprinkled until the proper 57 moisture content has been obtained. 58 59 Slurry Method: If the situation is such that the hydrated lime cannot be placed by the dry method, then the slurry method 60 will have to be used. The hydrated lime shall be mixed with water in trucks or in tanks and applied as a thin water 61 suspension or slurry. The distributor truck or tank shall be equipped with an agitatorwhich will keep the lime and water in a 62 uniform mixture. 63 LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 02244 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I MIXING: 2 3 The soil material and hydrated lime shall be thoroughly mixed by a rotary mixer or other device to obtain a homogeneous, 4 friable mixture of soil material and lime, free from all clods or lumps. 5 6 Immediately after the first mixing operation, the mixture shall be sealed with a light pneumatic rubber tire roller and left to 7 cure 48 to 72 hours, as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Duririg the curing period the material shall be kept moist. 8 9 10 FINAL MIXING: 11 12 After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed with a rotary mixer capable of reducing the size of the 13 particles so that when all non-slaking aggregates (asphalt particles) retained on the No. 4 sieve are removed, the remainder 14 of the material shall meet the following requirementswhen tested dry by laboratory sieves: 15 16 minimum passing 1 3/4" sieve- 100% 17 minimum passing No. 4 sieve - 60% 18 19 During the interval of time between application and mixing, the hydrated lime should not be exposed to the open air for a 20 period of over six (6) hours. 21 22 23 COMPACTIOI~ 24 25 General: Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing, and in no case later than 3 calendar days 26 after final mixing. The material should be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide the optimum moisture. Compaction 27 shall begin at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted. All irregularities, 28 depressions, or weak spots which, develop must be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or 29 removing material, and reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. The surface should be maintained in a 30 smooth condition - free from undulations and ruts. 31 32 Control soil compaction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification indicated. 33 34 Percentaqe of Maximum Density Requirements Compact soil to not less than 95 percents of maximum density, in 35 accordance with ASTM D 698. ~6 37 Moisture Control: The percentage of moisture in the mixture based.on oven-dry weights, shall be from optimum to 38 plus three (3) percent above its optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 698. 39 40 41 FINISHED GRADING: 42 43 After the required compaction is reached, the subgrade should be brought to the required lines and grades and finished by 44 rolling with a pneumatic tire or other suitable roller sufficiently light to prevent hairline cracking. 45 46 Surface of the subgrade shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch above or one inch below established subgrade 47 elevation. 48 49 50 CURING: 51 52 The compacted section shall be moist-cured for a minimum of three (3) days. To prevent damage from traffic, the 53 completed section shall not be opened to traffic for two (2) days after compaction. 55 56 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . 57 58 Quality Control Testinq Durinq Constructior~ Independent testing laboratory shall inspect and approve each subgrade and 59 fill layer before further backfill or construction work is performed. The testing laboratory will be responsible for verbally 60 informing the Contractor of the test results immediately upon completion, so unnecessary delay is eliminated and 61 unsatisfactorywork is not covered up. Continued progress of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility 62 of complying with specification requirements. 63 64 LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 02244 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH .7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Subgrade Deqsity Tests: Perform at least one field density test of the subcjrade for every 10,000 sq ft foi' the subgrade and 2 each layer of fill, and 5000 sq ft for the top layer of fill. but in no case fewer that three tests. Perform tests in accordance with 3 ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable.. 4 5 Field density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method in accordance with ASTM D 2922, providing that 6 calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. In 7 conjunction with each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages in 8 accordance with ASTM D 3017. 9 10 If field tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at 11 beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the 12 Architect/Engineer. 13 14 Sub.qrade Pulverization Sieve Tests: Perform at least one sieve test of the subgrade for every 10,000 sq ft for the subgrade 15 and each layer of fill, and 5000 sq ft for the top layer of fill, but in no ca. se fewer that three tests. 16 17 Provide standard ASTM No. 4 and 1 inch sieves, and select sample size in accordance with ASTM C 136. The 18 percent of passing shall be determined by weight. 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 02244 22 LIME SOIL STABILIZATION 02244 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 02515 - UNIT PAVERS 2 3 4 PART I - GENERAL ,. 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section includes the following: 16 17 Concrete pavers set in aggregate setting bed. 18 19 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requireme.nts that relate to this Section: 20 21 Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for compacted subgrade and subbase course, if any, under unit pavers. 22 23 24 SUBMITTALS 25 26 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification 27 Sections. 28 29 Product data for the following: 30 31 Concrete pavers. 32 33 Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units 34 showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of unit paver indicated. 35 36 Samples for verification in full-size units of each type of unit paver indicated; in sets for each c~lor, texture, and pattern 37 specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. 38 39 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and 40 ex'perience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects 41 and owners, and other information specified. 42 43 QUALITY ASSURANCE 45 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed unit paver installations similar in material, 46 design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 47 48 Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, type, and variety of unit pavers, joint materials, and setting materials 49 from a single source with resources to provide products and materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical 50 properties without delaying the Work. 51 52 Mockup: Prior to installing unit pavers, construct mockups for each form and pattern of unit pavers required to verify 53 selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and 54 execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work, 55 including same base construction, special features for expansion joints, and contiguous work as indicated. 56 57 Locate mockups on-site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 58 Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 59 60 Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 61 62 Obtain Architect's acceptance of mockups before start of final unit of Work. 63 Retain and maintain mockups dudng construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the 64 completed Work. UNIT PAVERS 02515 .- 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 · 2 When directed, demolish and remove mockups from Project site. 3 Accepted mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of ~ 4 the completed Work. 5 6 7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ~ 8 9 Protect unit pavers and aggregate dudng storage and construction against soilage or contamination from earth and 10 other materials. tl ~ 12 Wrap pavers in plastic or use other packaging materials that will prevent rust marks from steel strapping. 13 14 15 PROJECT CONDITIONS "" 16 17 Cold-Weather Protection: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on 18 frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace unit paver work damaged by frost or freezing. ~ 19 20 21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22 ~ 23 24 MANUFACTURERS 25 26 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following product: ~ 27 28 Concrete Pavers: 29 30 A manufacturer of ADA compliant tactile and dectable warning surface units approved by the Architect. ~ 31 32 33 COLORS AND TEXTURES ' · 34 35 Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed unit paver surfaces and joints complying 36 with the following requirements: 37 38 Match color and texture indicated by referencing manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. 39 4O 41 UNIT PAVERS --, 42 43 Concrete Pavers: Solid, interlocking paving units, ASTM C 936, made from normal-weight aggregates in sizes and 44 shapes indicated. 45 ~ 46 47 AGGREGATE SETTING-BED MATERIALS 48 49 Graded Aggregate for Subbase: Washed gravel or washed crushed stone complying with ASTM C 33 for Size No. 57. 50 51 Geotextile: Woven or nonwoven geotextile manufactured from polyester or polypropylene fibers, with a permeability 52 rating 10 times greater than that of soil on which paving is founded and an AOS (apparent opening size) small enough ~ 53 to prevent passage of fines from leveling course into graded aggregate of base course below. 54 55 Sand for Leveling Coume: Fine, sharp, nonplastic aggregate complyi.ng with ASTM C 33. 56 -- 57 Sand for Joints: Fine, sharp, masonry sand with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve and no more than 10 58 percent passing the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve. 59 60 '"" 61 PART 3 - EXECUTION 62 63 64 EXAMINATION ~ UNIT PAVERS 02515 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHO,OL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Examine surfaces indicated to receive paving, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation 3 tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit pavers. Do not proceed with installation until 4 unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 5 6 7 PREPARATION 8 - 9 Proof-roll I~repared subgrade surface to check for unstable areas and areas reqtJiring additional compaction. Do not 10 proceed with installation of unit pavers until deficient subgrades have been corrected and are ready to receive subbase 11 for unit pavers. 12 13 14 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 15 16 Do not use unit pavers with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, and other defects that might be visible or cause staining 17 in finished work. 19 Mix pavers from several pallets or cubes as they are placed to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. 20 21 Cut unit pavers with motor-driven masonry saw equipment to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units to 22 provide pattern indicated and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting where possible. Hammer cutting 23 is not acceptable. 24 25 Joint Pattern: As indicated. 26 27 Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) unit-to-unit offset from flush (lippage) nor 1/8 inch in 24 inches (3 mm in 28 600 mm) and 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m) from level, or indicated slope, for finished surface of paving. 29 30 31 AGGREGATE SETTING-BED PAVER APPLICATIONS 32 33 Compact soil subgrade uniformly to ~t least 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 laboratory density. 34 35 Place geotextile over prepared subgrade overlapping ends and edges at least 12 inches (300 mm). 36 37 Place aggregate base and subbase in thicknesses indicated· Compact by tamping with plate vibrator and screed to 38 depth required to allow setting of pavers. 39 40 Place geotextile over compacted base course overlapping ends and edges at least 12 inches (300 mm). 42 Place sand for leveling course and screed to a thickness of 1 to '(-1/2 inches (25 to 38 mm), taking care that moisture 43 content remains constant and density is loose and constant until pavers are set and compacted· 45 Treat leveling base with soil sterilizer to prohibit growth of grass and weeds. 46 47 Set pavers with a minimum joint width of 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) and a maximum of 1/8 inch (3 mm), being careful not to 48 disturb leveling base. If pavers have spacer bars, place pavers ha'nd tight against spacer bars· Use string lines to keep 49 straight lines. Fill gaps between units that exceed 3/8 inch (10 mm) with pieces cut to fit from full-size unit pavers. 50 51 When installation is performed with mechanical equipment, use only unit pavers with spacer bars on sides of each 52 unit· o 53 54 Vibrate pavers into leveling course with a Iow-amplitude plate vibrator capable of a 3500- to 5000-1bf (16- to 22-kN) 55 compaction force at 80 to 90 Hz. Perform at least 3 passes across paving with vibrator. Vibrate under the following 56 conditions: 57 58 After edge pavers are installed and there is a completed surface or before surface is exposed to rain. 59 Before ending each day's work, fully compact installed pavers within 36 inches (900 mm) of the laying face. Cover 60 the open layers with nonstaining plastic sheets overlapped 48 inches (1200 mm) on each side of the laying face to 61 protect it from rain. 62 63 Spread dry sand and fill joints immediately after vibrating pavers into leveling course. Vibrate pavers and add sand until 64 joints are completely filled, then remove excess sand. Leave a slight surplus of sand on the surface for joint filling. UNIT PAVERS 02515 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING ' 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Do not allow traffic on installed pavers until sand has been vibrated into joints. 3 4 Repeat joint-filling process 30 days later. 5 6 7 REPAIR, POINTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION 8 9 Remove and replace unit pavers that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match 10 adjoining units as intended. Provide flew units to match adjoining units and install in same manner as original unit-~, with 11 same joint treatment to eliminate evidence of replacement. 12 13 Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer that ensures that unit paver work is 14 without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 15 16 17 END OF SECTION 02515 18 UNIT PAVERS 02515 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING ' 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification 10 Sections, apply to this section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 Extent of portland cement concrete paving is shown on drawings, including curbs, gutters, walkways, and pavement. 16 17 Prepared subbase is specified in "Earthwork" section. 18 19 Pavement Stripincl is specified in Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving". 20 21 Concrete and related materials are specified in Division 3. 22 23 Joint fillers and sealers are specified in Division 7. 24 25 26 SUBMITTALS 27 28 Provide samples, manufacturer's product data, test reports, and materials' certifications as required in referenced sections 29 for concrete and joint fillers and sealers, 30 31 Pavement markin.~ plan indicating lane separations and defined parking spaces. Note dedicated handicapped spaces with 32 internationalgraphics symbol in accordance with requirements of Article 601b, Vemon's Texas Civil Statutes, Article 7. 33 34 35 QUALITY ASSURANCE 36 37 Codes and Standards Comply with local governing regulations if more stringent than herein specified. 38 39 40 JOB CONDITIONS 41 42 Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. 43 44 Coordinate with requirements for "Temporary Facilities" specified in Division 1. 45 46 47 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 48 49 50 MATERIALS 51 52 Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength' to resist movement during concrete placement and to 53 retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. 54 55 Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. 56 57 Coat forms with a nonstaining form release agent that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete. 58 59 Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A 185. 60 61 Furnish in fiat sheets, not rolls, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. 62 63 Reinforcin.cl Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. 64 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2 3 Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A bolts, internally and externally threaded. Design hook bolt joint assembly to hold 4 coupling against pavement form and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to 5 concrete or hook bolt. 6 7 Concrete Material-~ Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete materials, admixtures, bonding 8 materials, curing materials, and others as required.' 9 10 Expansion Joint Material~ Comply with requirements of applicable Division 7 sections for preformed expansion joint fillers 11 and sealers. 12 13 Liquid-Membrane Formin.q and Sealin(~ Curinq Coml3oun(t Comply with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A unless other type 14 acceptable to Architect. Moisture loss no more than 0.055 gr./sq, cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft. / gal. 15 16 Available Products; Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work 17 include, but are not limited to, the following: 18 19 "Mastersear'; Master Builders. 20 "A-H 3 Way Sealer"; Anti-Hydro Waterproofing Co. 21 "Ecocure"; Euclid Chemical Co. 22 "Clear Seal"; A. C. Horn. 23 "J-20 Acrylic Cure"; Dayton Superior. 24 "Sure Cure"; Kaufman Products Inc. 25 "AR -30" W.R. Meadows. "Spartan-Cote": The Burke Co. 26 "Sealkure"; Toch Div. - Carboline. 27 "Kure-N-Seal"; Sonneborn-Contech. 28 "Polyclear"; Upco Chemical/USM Corp. 29 "L&M Cure"; L & M Construction Chemicals. 30 "KlearseaF; Setcon Industries. 31 "LR-152"; Protex Industries. 32 "Hardtop"; Gifford - Hill. 33 34 Nonslil3 AClClreclate Finish: Fused aluminum oxide granules or crushed emery as the abrasive aggregate for ~ nonslip finish, 35 with emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Use 36 material that is factory-graded,-packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning 37 materials. 38 39 Dry-Shake Color Hardener. Packaged' dry combination of materials consisting of portland cement, graded quartz 40 aggregate, coloring pigments, and plasticizing admixture. Use coloring pigments that are finely ground nonfading mineral 41 oxides interground with cement. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturers' standards, unless indicated otherwise. 42 43 Available Products~ Subject to compliancewith requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 44 but are not limited to, the following: 45 46 Conshake 600 Colortone; Conspec Marketing & Mfg. Co. 47 Floorcron; Cormix Construction Chemicals. 48 Quartz Tuff; Dayton-Superior. 49 50 Surflex; Euclid Chemical Co. 51 Quartz Plate; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 52 Colorcron; Master Builders, Inc. 53 Floor Quartz; Metalcrete Industries. 54 Lithochrome Color Hardener; L.M. Scofield Co. 55 Harcol Redi-Mix; Sonneborn-Chemrex. 56 Hard Top; Symons Corp. 57 Colorundum; Tamms/A.C. Horn, Inc. 58 59 Bondin.q Compoun(t Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base, rewettable type. 60 61 Available Products; Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work 62 include, but are not limited to, the following: 63' 64 "J-40 Bonding Agent''; Dayton Superior Corp. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 "Weldcrete"; Larsen Products. 2 "lntralok";W.R. Meadows. 3 "Everbond"; L & M Construction Chemicals. 4 "EucoWeld"; Euclid Chemical Co. 5 "Hornweld";A. C. Horn. 6 "Sonocrete"; Sonneborn-Contech. 7 "Acrylic Bondcrete"; The Burke Co. 8 9 EDox¥ Adhesive ASTM C 881,2-component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material "Type", 10 "Grade", and "Class" to suit project requirements. 11 12 Available Product~ Subject to compl ance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work include 13 but are not limited to the following: 14 15 "Epoxtite";A. C. Horn. 16 "Edoco 2118 Epoxy Adhesive'~ Edoco Technical Prod. 17 "Sikadur Hi-Mod"; Sika Chemical Corp. 18 "Euco Epoxy 463 or 615"; Euclid Chemical Co. 19 "Patch and Bond Epoxy"; The Burke Co. 20 "Sure-Poxy"; Kaufman Products Inc. 21 22 Lane Markin(~ Paint: Alkyd-resin type, ready-mixed complying with AASHTO M 248, Type I. 23 24 25 CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN, AND TESTING 26 27 Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete mix design, sampling and testing, and quality 28 control and as herein specified. 29 30 Design mix to produce normal-weight concrete consisting of portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing or high-range 31 water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer),air-entraining admixture, and water to produce the following properties: 32 33, Compress[veStrenclth: 3000 psi, minimumat 28 days, unless otherwise indicated. 34 35 Slump Limits: 8 inches minimum for concrete containing high- range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer); 3 36 inches for other concrete. 37 38 Air Content 5 to 8 percent[ 39 40 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION 42 43 44 SURFACE PREPARATION 45 46 Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 47 48 Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving 4'9 work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. 50 51 52 FORM CONSTRUCTION 53 54 Set forms to required grades and li~es, braced and secured. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that 55 forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. 56 57 Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: 58 59 ToD of forms not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 60 61 Vertical face on Iongitudinalaxis, not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 62 63 Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without 64 damage. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Slope step treads at 1/4 inch per foot to drain. 3 4 5 REINFORCEMENT 6 7 Locate, place and support reinforcementas specified in Division 3 sections, unless otherwise indicated. 8 9 10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT 11 12 General: Comply with requirements of Division 3 sections for mixing and placing concrete, and as herein specified. 13 14 Do not 131ace concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten subbase if required to 15 provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other 16 structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. 17 18 Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to 19 transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only 20 square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, 21 dowels, and joint devices. 22 23; Use bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surface,~. 24 25 Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints as far as possible. If interrupted for more 26 than 112 hour, place a construction joint. 27 28 VVhen adjacent pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has 29 attained sufficient strength to carry loads without injury. 30 31 Curbs and Gutters: Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement at Contractor's option. If machine 32 placement is to be used, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed minimums specified. 33 Machine placement must produce curbs and gutters to required cross-section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified 34 for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified. 35 36 37 JOINTS ~8 39 General: Construct expansion, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction joints true to line with face perpendicular to 40 surface of concrete. Construct transverse joints at ~ight angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated. 42 When joining existing structures, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise indicated. 43 44 Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) joints, sectioning concrete into areas as 45 shown on drawings. Constructweakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least 114 concrete thickness, as follows: 46 47 Tooled Joints; Form weakened-plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a' recommended cutting tool 48 and finishing edges with a jointer. 49 50 Sawed Joints: Form weakened-plane joints with powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or 51 diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise 52 damaged by cutting action. 53 54 Inserts: Use embedded strips of metal or sealed wood to form weakened-plane joints. Set strips into plastic concrete 55 and carefully remove strips after concrete has hardened. 56 57 Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement operations are 58 stopped for more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. 59 60 Construct joints as shown or, if not shown, use standard metal keyway-section forms. 61 62 Where load transfer-slip dowel devices are used, install so that one end of each dowel bar is free to move. 63 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Expansion Joints: Provide premoldedjoint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, 2 structures, walks, and other fixed objects, unless otherwise indicated. 3 4 Locate expansion joints at 50 feet o.c. for each pavement lane unless otherwise indicated. 5 6 Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface. 7 8 Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is 9 required, lace or clip joint filler sections t. ogether. 10 11 Protect top.edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal cap or other temporary material. Remove protection 12 after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. 13 14 Fillers and Sealant~ Comply with requirements of applicable Division 7 sections for preparation of joints, materials, 15 installation, and performance. 16 17 18 CONCRETE FINISHING 19 20 After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Use hand methods only where 21 mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. 22 23 After floating, test surface for trueness with a lO-ft, straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface 24 irregularities,and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish. 25 26 Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2-inch radius, 27 unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. 28 29 After completion of floating and when exce~s moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete troweling and finish 30 surface as follows: 31 32 Broom finish by drawing a fine-hair broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if 33 required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to Architect. 34 35 On inclined slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non-slip finish by scoring surface with a stiff-bristled broom, 35 perpendicularto line of traffic. 37 38 Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form remov;,I, clean ends of joints and point-up any 39 minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Architect. 40 41 42 SPECIAL FINISHES 43 44 Nonslip A.cl.clreclate F n sh Apply nonslip aggregate finish to paving surfaces indicated. 45 46 . After completing float finish, uniformly spread 25 lb of dampened nonslip aggregate per 100 sq. ft. of surface. Tamp 47 aggregate flush with surface using a steel trowel, but do not force below surface. 48 49 After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone, and water to expose nonslip aggregate. 50 51 Dry-Shake Color Hardener Finish: Apply a dry-shake color hardener finish to indicated paving surfaces as follows: 52 53 Uniformly apply dry-shake materials at a rate of 100 lb per 100 sq. ft., unless a greater amount is recommended by 54 material manufacturer. 55 56 Immediately following the first floating operation, uniformly distribute approximately 2/3 of the dry-shake material over 57 the concrete surface with a mechanical spreader, and embed by power floating. Follow the floating operation with a 58 second shake application, uniformly distributing the remainder of the dry-shake material to ensure uniform color, and 59 embed by power floating. 50 After final floating, apply a light hand-trowel finish followed by a broom finish to concrete. Cure concrete with a cudng 61 compound recommended by the dry-shake material manufacturer. Apply the cudng compound immediately after final 62 finishing. 63 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING ' 0496455(SITE) I CURING 2 3 Protect and cure finished concrete paving in compliance with applicable requirements of Division 3 sections. Use 4 membrane-forming curing and sealing compound or approved moist-curing methods. 5 6 7 TRAFFIC AND LANE MARKINGS 8 9 Cleanin(~ Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. 10 11 Stripin,~ Use chlorinated-rubber base traffic lane-marking paint, factory-mixed, quick-drying, and nonbleeding. 12 13 Color. White or yellow; verify with Architect. 14 15 Fire Lanes: Provide markings in accordance with the requirements of the local codes, rules and/or regulations or the 16 authorities having local jurisdiction. 17 18 Do not apply traffic and lane marking paint until layout and placement have been verified with Architect. 19 20 Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to 21 provide minimum 12 to 15 mils dry thickness. 22 23 24 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS 25 26 Rel3air or rel31ace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect. 27 28 Drill test cores where directed by Architect when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled 29 core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive. 30 31 Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. 32 When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of 33 materials as they occur. 35 Sweep concrete pavement and .wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just before final 36 inspection. 37 38 39 END OF SECTION 02520 40 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVJNG 02520 - 6 SHW GrouP, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 02840 - TRAFFIC SlGNAGE 2 3 4 GENERAL 5 ' 6 Descriptior~ Extent of traffic signage is indicated on the drawings. 7 8 Quality Assurance For installation use only personnel who are skilled in the work required. 9 10 Submittal~ 11 12 Shop Drawincls: 13 14 Submit Shop Drawings in accordancewith Division I Section "Submittals". 15 16 Installation Methods: Submit two copies of manufacturer's recommended installation method showing ail requirements for 17 installation. 18 19 Product Handlin~ 20 21 Protect traffic signage before, during and after installation. 22 23 Protect installed work of other trades. 24 25 Re01acementg. In event of damage, make necessary replacements. 26 27 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 30 31 Materials and Desiqn: Provide traffic signage as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the local requirements of 32 the local jurisdiction. 33 35 PART 3 - EXECUTION 36 37 38 INSPECTION: 39 40 Inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to a point where this work may'commence. 41 42 Verify that installation may be made in accordancewith approved Shop Drawings and manufacturer'sinstructions.. 43 45 DISCREPANCIES; 47 In event of discrepancy, notify Architect. 48 49 Do not proceed with installation until discrepancies have been resolved. 50 51 52 INSTALLATION: 53 54 Install where indicated, anchoring all components firmly in place in complete accordance with approved Shop Drawings and 55 the manufacturer's recommendations. 56 57 Traffic signage shall be located in accordance with the latest requirements of the State of Texas, including handicap 58 signage, and in accordance with codes and requirementsof the local jurisdiction. 59 60 61 END OF SECTION 02840 62 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE 02840- 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 02900 - LANDSCAPE WORK 2 3 4 PART I - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary-Conditions and Division 1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section includes provisions for the following items: 16 17 Topsoil placement. 18 Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 19 20 Tol~soil stockpilinQ is specified in Division 2 Section "Site Clearing". 21 22 Excavation, filling, and rouqh .qradinq required to establish elevations shown on drawings is specified in Division 2 23 Section, "Earthwork." 24 25 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 28 29 TOPSOIL 3O 31 Topsoil has been (or will be) stockpiled for re-use in landscape work. If quantity of stockpiled topsoil is insufficient, 32 provide additional topsoil as required to complete landscape work. 33 -- 34 Provide new topsoil that is fertile, friable, natural loam, surface soil, reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, brush, 35 weeds and other lifter, and free of roots, stumps, stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension, and other 36 extraneous or toxic matter harmful to p~ant growth. 37 38 .Obtain topsoil from local sources or from areas having similar soil characteristics to that found at project 39 site. Obtain topsoil only from naturally, well-drained sites where topsoil occurs in a depth of not less than 4 40 inches.' Do not obtain from bogs or marshes. 42 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 46 PREPARATION - GENERAL 47 48 Before Dlacinck clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic 49 to plant growth. 5O 51 Spread tod soil to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades, and elevations shown, after light rolling and natural 52 settlement.- 53 54 Fine .qrade lawn areas to smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll, rake, and drag lawn areas, 55 remove ridges and fill depressions, as required to meet finish grades. 56 57 58 RECONDITIONING EXISTING LAWNS 59 60 Recondition existinq lawn areas damaged by Contractor's operations including storage of materials and equipment and 61 movement of vehicles. Also recondition existing lawn areas where minor recjrading is required. 62 63 Provide new topsoil, as required, to fill Iow spots and meet new finish grades. LANDSCAPE WORK 02900 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING ' 0496455(SITE) 1 2 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION 3 4 During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 5 6 Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and 7 trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Repair damaged landscape 8 work as directed. 9 10 Remove excess unused Topsoil to other Owner properties in accordance with Division-2 Section "Site Clearing" unless 11 otherwise indicated. 12 13 14 END OF SECTION 02900 15 16 LANDSCAPE WORK 02900 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 03051 - COLD WEATHER CONCRETING 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract. including General and Supplemertary Conditions and Division-1 Specification 10 sections, apply to work of this section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY: 14 15 The work of this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and services required for, or reasonably 16 incidental to, the protection of concrete during cold weather. · 17 18 PROJECT CONDITIONS: 19 20 Cold weather techniques shall apply when the mean daily temperature falls below 40 degrees Fahrenheit for more than one 21 day in a row. The mean daily temperature is defined as the average of the high and Iow temperature for the day. 22 23 Removal of formwork shall be delayed during cold weather to assure adequate structural strength, unless approved 24 strength accelerating measures are taken. 25 26 SUBMITTALS: 27 28 Contractor shall provide to the ^rchitect/Engineera written description of procedures to be used for cold weather concreting. 29 Include description of the methods by which the need for special controls will be determined and how the controls will be 30 implemented. 31 32 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED , 35 36 PART 3 - EXECUTION 37 38 SLABS ON GROUND (VVITHOUTVOID FORMS): 39 40 Temperatu~:e of the concrete at placement shall not be less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit. It is 'recommended that concrete 41 not exceed this minimum by more than 10 degrees. If the concrete mix temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit, the 42 Contractor shall provide heated concrete in accordance with ASTM C94-78 and follow the procedures outlined in 43 "Recommended Practice for Cold WeatherConcreting", ACI 306. 45 All reinforcement, forms, fillers, and ground whicl~ the concrete is to come in contact with shall be free from frost, snow, or 46 ice. 47 48 Temperature of the soil at time of placement shall not be less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and should be as close as 49 possible to the temperature of the concrete to be placed on it. Concrete shall not be placed until the ground is sufficiently 50 warm enough to ensure that it will not freeze again during the curing period. 51 52 Concrete temperature shall be maintained at a minimum of 50 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 72 hours after 53 placement. Concrete shall be protected from loss of temperature by use o.f' insulating blankets and/or other acceptable 54 methods. 55 56 VVhen protective measures are stopped, the temperature of the concrete shall sustain a maximum gradual drop of not more 57 than 50 degrees during the first 24 hours. 58 59 ELEVATED SLABS AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS: 61 Temperature of the concrete at placement shall not be less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit. It is recommended that concrete 62 not exceed this minimum by more than 10 degrees. If the concrete mix temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit, the 63 Contractor shall provide heated concrete in accordance with ASTM C94-78 and follow the procedures outlined in 64 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting",ACl 306. COLD WEATHER CONCRETING 03051 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I ' 2 All reinforcement,forms, and fillers shall be free from all ice, snow, and frost prior to placement of concrete. 3 4 The concrete shall be maintained at 50 degrees after it has been placed, for a minimum of 72 hours. 5 6 Provide facilities to maintain the concrete temperaturewhich shall include: 7 8 Suitable housing and protection from wind and loss of heat. 9 10 Effective and sufficient heating equipment and personnel to maintain all parts of the concrete at required temperature, 11 and fire protection equipment which is necessary. 12 13 Protection and heating to include the top and bottom surface of new slabs or floors, leaving openings uncovered to 14 provide circulation unless insulation mats are used. 15 16 Venting and circulation as necessary to maintain an even temperature at top and bottom of vertical units such as 17 piers. 18 19 On the 4th day after pouring, for one day (24 hours), heat may be removed gradually with a maximum 30 degree drop. 20 21 On the 5th day, for one day (24 hours), the area under the cured slab shall remain enclosed with no heat required. 22 23 At the end of five days after completion of the pour, the enclosure may be removed and the formwork may be stripped (1/2 24 bay at a time) and immediately reshored, provided necessary compressive strengths have been obtained. 25 26 NOTE: The Contractor shall provide special insulated curing boxes for the storage of the concrete test cylinders to be 27 used for form removal strength determination. These boxes shall have holes to prevent heat build-up. The test 28 cylinders shall be cured on the top of the poured slab. 29 30 Combustion heaters shall not be used during the first 48 hours without precautions to prevent exposure of concrete and 31 workmen to exhaust gases containing carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide. 32 33 34 END OF SECTION 03051 35 COLD VVEATHER CONCRETING 03051 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 03052 - HOT WEATHER CONCRETING 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification 10 sections, apply to work of this section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY: 14 15 The work of this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and services required for, or reasonably 16 incidental to, the protection of concrete during hot weather. 17 18 PROJECT CONDITIONS: 19 20 Hot weather concrete techniques shall apply when the concrete mix temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 21 Techniques shall comply with ACl 301 and ACl 305, "Hot Weather Concreting". 22 23 SUBMITTALS: 24 25 Contractor shall provide to the Architect/Engineera Written description of procedures to be used for hot weather concreting. 26 Include description of the methods for determining when control is needed and how the controls will be implemented. 27 28 Submit product data sheets for water reduction compound used, along with the manufacturer's recommended dosages for 29 different conditions. 3O 31 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 34 MATERIALS: 35 36 Water reducin.q and retardinq compoun(~ ASTM C 494, Type A, B, 0r D (as required). Admixtures Which promote bleeding 37 shall not be used. 38 39 MIX DESIGN: 40 41 The concrete mix design shall comply with Division 3 section "Cast-in-Plaice Concrete" of these specifications and shall 42 show the range of ambient temperature and humidity for which the design is ~alid and adjustments in admixture for high and 43 Iow temperatures. 45 Water-Reducin(~ and Retardinq Coml~ounct The manufacturer of the mixture shall submit in writing to the 46 ArchitectJEngineerand the Contractor, special recomrnendations for quantities to. be used under various temperature and 47 job conditions to'assure that the concrete can be maintained at a uniform consistency while in the mixer truck and 48 sufficiently workable between lifts to prevent the occurrence of lift lines with the specified placement and consolidation 49 techniques, and as approved by the Architect/Engineer. Assure that the proper admixture and dosage is used during hot 50 weather (mix temperature over 90° F.) to prevent slump loss from plant to site. 51 52 53 PART 3 - EXECUTION 54 55 The effects of hot weather are most critical during periods of dsing temperature, falling relative humidity, or both. 56 Precautionary measures required on a calm, humid day will be less strict than those required on a dry, windy day, even if air 57 temperature is identical. 58 59 The temperature of the concrete mixture without set-retarding admixture (C494, Type D) shall not exceed 90° F. With a 60 retarding admixture, the temperature may not exceed 100~ F. Provide.and follow special recommendations from the 61 admixture supplierfor dosages appropriate for mix temperatures from 90° F. to 100° F. Mix temperature may be lowered by 62 cooling the ingredients, cooling the mixer drum, by fog spray, .by using chilled water or ice in whole or part for the added 63 water, or by arranging the delivery sequence so that the time of transport and placement does not generate temperatures in 64 excess of those specified. HOT WEATHER CONCRETING 03052 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 When the forecast for the rate of evaporation as determined by Figure 2.1.5 of ACI 305 indicates a loss of 0.2 pounds per 3 square foot Der hour. hot weather concrete precautions will be put into effect in advance of the casting. It will be the 4 Contractor's responsibility to be able to rapidly install plastic shrinkage cracking preventive measures if the actual climatic 5 conditions exceed those forecast and indicated moisture loss is expected to be at the rate of 0.2 pounds per square foot per 6 hour or more. Among the approved methods of control are: flooding, fog spray, covering with polyethylene sheeting or 7 application of mono-molecularfilms, sprinkling or wet cover. 8 9 10 11 END OF SECT-ION 03052 12 HOT WEATHER CONCRETING 03052 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH . 7MAR97 ·1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and. general provisions of the Contract, including General and- Supplementary Conditions and Division .1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 .This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and 16 finishes. 17 18 Cast-in-place concrete includes the following: 19 20 Foundations and piers. 21 Slabs-on-void forms. 22 Concrete on steel floor deck. 23 24 Related Section~ The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 25 26 Division 2 Section "Portland Cement Concrete Paving" for concrete.paving and walks. 27 28 Division 3 Section "LightweightConcrete" for concreteon steel floor deck. 29 30 Division 5 Section "Steel Floor Deck" for steel floor deck construction. 31 32 33 SUBMITTALS 34 35 General: Submitthe following according to Conditionsofthe Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 36. 37 Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching 38 compounds, waterstops,joint systems, curing compounds, and others if requested by Architect/Engineer. 39 40 Shod drawin(is for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 41 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent 42 bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through 43 concrete structures. Include all special reinforcementon elevation drawn at a scale of not less than 1/4" to 1'-0". Ori,qinal 44 contract drawinQs shall not be rec)roduced for use as a portion of the Shol3 drawin(~. 45 46 Shop Drawincls; Construction Joints: Submit original shop drawings indicating the proposed construction joint locations to 47 the Architect/Engineerat least 14 days prior to beginning formwork on the portion of the building in question. 48 49 Concrete Mix Desi(~n: Submit mix designs and aggregate analysis of each class of concrete. Designs shall be submitted a 50 minimum of 48 hours prior to the placement of any concrete. 51 52 Mix designs, shall include material proportions, material weights, material sources, manufacturer's data on any 53 admixture used, and proof that the design meets the requirements of this specification. Proof shall include the 54 water/cement ratio, slump, and the compressive strengths from concrete test cylinders. Substantiative data may be 55 taken from historical records or independent laboratory tests. Manufacturer's data shall include recommended 56 dosages. Aggregate analysis shall include the sieve analysis, dry rodded unit weight of coarse aggregate, and the 57 specific gravities of both fine and coarse aggregates. 58 59 Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect/Engineer. Material certificates 60 shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified 61 requirements. Provide certification fr(~m admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification 62 requirements. 63 CAST;IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING · 0496455(SITE) I Testing Reports: The independent testing laboratory shall submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials directly to the 2 Architect/Engineerwith copy to others in accordancewith the provisions of section 01400 "Quality Control Services." State 3 in each report whether or not the test specimens comply to the specified requirements, and indicate any deviations 4 therefrom. 5 6 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8' 9 Codes and Standard-~ Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more 10 stringent requirements are shown or specified: 11 12 American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specificationsfor Structural Concrete for Buildings." 13 14 AC l 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, & Placing Concrete" 16 ACI 305 "Hot Weather Concreting". 17 18 ACl 306 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" 19 20 ACl 311 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection" 21 22 ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 23 24 ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". 25 26 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice."' 27 28 Mix desi(~ns: Test in accordance with the requirements of PART 2 - PRODUCTS. article "PROPORTIONING AND MIX 29 DESIGNS". 30 31 Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Tests, including 32 retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at Contractor's expense. 33 34 35 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36 37 38 FORM MATERIALS 39 40 Forms for Exl~osed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel-type materials 41 to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints 42 and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. 43 44 Use overlaid plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "A-C or B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," 45 Class I. 47 Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or 48 better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. 49 50 Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete- Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed 51 on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 52 53 Form Release A.clent Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 mg/I volatile organic 54 compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent 55 treatments of concrete surfaces. 56 57 Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection 58 and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the 59 plane of the exposed concrete surface. 60 61 Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than I inch in diameter in the concrete surface. 62 63 64 REINFORCING MATERIALS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Reinforcinq Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. Provide Grade 40 for #3 bars, column ties. and beam stirrups. 3 4 Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel. 5 6 Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. 7 8 Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A 496. 9 10 Supports for Reinforcement Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing 11 bars and welded wire fabric in place. 'Use wire bar-type supports complying with CR.SI specifications. 12 13 For slabs-on-.qrade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair 14 legs. 15 16 For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs 17 that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 18 19 20 CONCRETE MATERIALS 21 22 Portland Cement ASTM C 150, Type I. Type III cement may be used in lieu of Type I at contractor's option, when 23 acceptableto the Architect/Engineer. 24 25 Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. 26 27 NormaI-Wei(~ht A.q(~reqate~ ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. 28 29 For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. Do 30 not use aggregates containing soluble salts or other substrates such as iron sulfides, pyrite, marcasite or ocher which 31 can cause stains on exposed concrete surfaces. 32 33 Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and 34 durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 35 36 Water. Potable. 37 38 Admixtures, General: Provide concreie admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. 39 40 A r-Entrainin.qAdmixtur~ ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturerto be compatiblewith other required admixtures. 41 42 Available Products~ Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 43 but are not limited to, the following: 44 45 -Air-Tite, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 46 Air-Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co. 47 Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace & Co. 48 MB-VR or Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc. 49 Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc. 50 Sika AER, Sika Corp. 51 52 Water-Reducin(3 Admixtur~ ASTM C 494, Type A. 53 54 Available Product-~ Subject to cor:npliancewith requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 55 but are not limited to, the following: 56 57 Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp. 58 PSI N, Cormix ConstructionChemicals. - 59 Eucon WR-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 60 WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co. 61 Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. 62 Metco W.R., Metalcrete Industries. 63 Prokrete-N, Prokrete Industries. 64 Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Hi.clh-Ran.qe Water-Reduc nq Admixture ASTM C 494. Type F or Type G. 3 4 Available Product~ Subject to compliancewith requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 5 but are not limited to, the following: 6 7 Super P, Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. 8 Cormix 200, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 9 Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Co. 10 WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace & Co. 11 Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. 12 Superslump, Metalcrete Industries. 13 PSPL, Prokrete Industries. 14 Sikament 300, Sika Corp. 16 Water-Reducin.q,AcceleratinqAdmixtur~ ASTM C 494, Type E. 17 18 Available Products: Subject to compliancewith requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 19 but are not limited to, the following: 20 -' 21 Q-Set, Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co. 22 Lubricon NCA, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 23 Accelguard 80, Euclid Chemical Co. 24 Daraset, W.R. Grace & Co. 25 Pozzutec20, Master Builders, Inc. 26 Accel-Set, Metalcrete Industries. ~ 27 28 Water-Reducincl, Retardinq Admixture ASTM C 494, Type D. 29 30 Available Products~ Subject to compliancewith requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, "" 31 but are not limited to, the following: 32 33 PSI-R Plus, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 34 Eucon Retarder 75, Euclid Chemical Co. '"" 35 Daratard-17, W.R. Grace & Co. 36 Pozzolith R, Master Builders, Inc. 37 Protard, Prokrete Industries. 38 Plastiment, Sika Corporation. ~ 39 40 41 RELATED MATERIALS 42 43 Waterstol~-~ Provide flat, dumbbell-type or centerbulb-type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as indicated. 44 Size to suit joints. 45 ~ 46 For Expansion ioints: Provide 6"x3/8"x3/4" split flange center bulb type waterstops, minimum. 47 48 For Cold ioints: Provide4"x3/16"x112"dumbbell type, endbell style, minimum. 49 ~ 50 Rubber Waterstol3~ Corps of Engineers CRD-C 513. 51 52 Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be 53 incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ~ 55 The Bur.ke Co. 56 Progress Unlimited. ~ 57 Williams Products, Inc. 58 59 Polwin¥1 Chloride Watersto~3-~ Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572. 60 _,, 61 Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be 62 incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 63 64 The Burke Co. ~ CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Greenstreak Plastic Products Co. 2 W.R. Meadows, Inc. 3 Progress Unlimited. 4 Schl. egel Corp. 5 Vinylex Corp. 7 Preformed Plastic Adhesive Waterstop~ Federal Specification SS-S-210A. It shall be supplied in extruded form of suitable 8 cross-section and of a size to seal the joint areas of concrete sections. The'plastic waterstop shall be protected by a 9 suitable removable two-piece wrapper. The two-piece wrapper shall be so designed that one-half may be removed 10 Iongitudinallywithout disturbing the other half, to facilitate application of the sealing compound. 11 12 Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be 13 incorporated in the work include; but are not limited to, the following: 14 15 "Synko-Flex"; Synko-Flex Products, Inc. 16 "Ram-Nex"; K.T. Snyder Company, Inc. 17 "Waterstop-RX"; American Colloid Company. 18 19 Chemical Hardener. Colorless aqueous solution containing a blend of magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate combined 20 with a wetting agent, containing not less than 2 lbs. of fluosilicates per gal. 21 22 Available Product~ Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the work 23 include, but are not limited to, the following: 24 25 "S~rfhard"; Euclid Chemical Co. 26 "Lapidolith"; Sonneborne-Rexnord. 27 "Sanisear'; Master Builders. 28 "Burk-O-Lith"; The Burke Co. 29 30 Absorptive Cover. Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO 31 M 182, Class 2. 32 33 Moisture-Retainincl Cover. One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 34 35 Waterproof paper. 36 Polyethylene film. 37 Polyethylene-coated burlap. 38 39 Licluid Membrane-Formin(~ Curin(~ Compound:. Liquid-type membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 40 309, Type I-D, Class A. Mois[ure loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq, meter when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. 41 42 Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 mg per liter. 43 44 Do not use curing compound on recessed slab areas which receive paver tile, quarry tile or ceramic tile floor material. 45 These areas shall be water cured only. 46 47 Available Product~ Subject to compliancewith requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 48 but are not limited to, the following: 49 50 A-H 3 Way Sealer, Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. 51 Spartan-Cote, The Burke Co. 52 Conspec#1, Conspec Marketing & Mfg. Co. 53 Sealco 309, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 54 Day-Chem Cure and Seal, Dayton Superior Corp. 55 Eucocure, Euclid Chemical Co. 56 Horn Clear Seal, A.C. Horn, Inc. 57 L&M Cure R, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 58 Masterkure, Master Builders, Inc. 59 CS-309, W.R. Meadows, Inc. 60 Seal N Kure, Metalcrete ~ndustries. 61 Kure-N-Seal, Sonneborn-Chemrex. 62 Stontop CS2, Stonhard, Inc. 63 64 Water-Based Acrylic Membrane Curinc~ Compoun(t ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(S. ITE) 1 2 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include. 3 but are not limited to, the following: 4 5 Highseal. Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. 6 Sealco - VOC, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 7 Safe Cure and Seal, Dayton Superior Corp. 8 Aqua-Cure, Euclid Chemical Co. 9 Dress & Seal WB, L&M Construction ChemicaJs, Inc. 10 Masterkure 100W, Master Builders, Inc. 11 Vocomp-20, W.R. Meadows, Inc. -- 12 Metcure, Metalcrete Industries. 13 Stontop CS1, Stonhard, Inc. 14 15 Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film-forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for temporary 16 protection from rapid moisture loss. 17 18 Available Products Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 19 but are not limited to, the following: 20 21 Aquafilm, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. 22 Eucobar, Euclid Chemical Co. --, 23 E-Con, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 24 Confilm, Master Builders. Inc. 25 Waterhold, Metalcrete Industries. 26 -', 27 Underlayment Compound:. Free-flowing, self-leveling, pumpable, cement-based compound for applications from 1 inch 28 thick to feathered edges. 29 30 Available Products Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 31 but are not limited to, the following: 32 33 -, K-15, Ardex, Inc. 34 Self-Leveling Wear Topping, W.R. Bonsai Co. 35 Conflow, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. 36 Corlevel, Cormix Construction Chemicals. 37 LevelLayer II, Dayton Superior Corp. 38 FIo-Top, Euclid Chemical Co. 39 Gyp-Crete, Gyp-Crete Corp. 40 Le~/elex, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 41 Underlayment 110, Master Builders, Inc. 42 Stoncrete UL1, Stonhard, Inc. 43 Concrete Top, Symons Corp. 44 Thoro Underlayment Self-Leveling, Thoro System Products. 45 46 Bondinc~ A.qent Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. 47 48 Available Product,~ Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 49 but are not limited to, the following: 50 51 PolyvinvlAcetate (Interior On.l¥): 52 53 Superior Concrete Bonder, Dayton Superior Corp. 54 Euco Weld, Euclid Chemical Co.' '55 Weld-Crete, Larsen Products Corp. ' ' 56 Everweld, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 57 Herculox, Metalcrete Industries. 58 Ready Bond, Symons Corp, 59 60 Acwlic or Styrene Butadien~ 61 62 Acrylic Bondcrete, The Burke Co. 63 Strongbond, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. 64 Day-Chem Ad Bond, Dayton Superior Corp. '"' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SBR Latex. Euclid Chemical Co. 2 Daraweld C, W.R. Grace & Co. 3 Hornweld, A.C. Horn, Inc. 4 Everbond, L&M ConstructionChemicals, Inc. 5 AcryI-Set, Master Builders Inc. 6 Intralok, W.R. Meadows, Inc. 7 Acrylpave, Metalcrete Industries. 8 Sonocrete, Sonneborn-Chemrex. 9 Stonlock LB2, Stonhard, Inc. 10 Strong Bond, Symons Corp. 11 12 Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, 13 grade, and class to suit Project requirements. 14 15 Available Products; Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, 16 but are not limited to, the following: 17 18 Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. 19 Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. 20 Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior. 21 Euco Epoxy System #452 or ~20, Euclid Chemical Co. 22 Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn. Inc. 23 Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 24 Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. 25 Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. 26 Metco Hi-Mod Ep(~xy, Metalcrete Industries. 27 Sikadur32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp. 28 Stonset LV5, Stonhard, inc. 29 R-600 Series, Symons Corp. 30 31 32 PROPORTIONINGAND DESIGNING MIXES 33 34 Prepare desitin mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as 35 specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to. Architect for preparing 36 and reporting proposed mix designs. 37 38 The testing laboratory shall perform an aggregate analysis for each type of aggregate used. The aggregate analysis.shall 39 be performed on current stockpiles, and shall include sieve analysis, specific gravities, and the dry rodded unit weight of 40 absorption on coarse aggregates. Sieve analysis for coarse aggregate shall include all sieve sizes for each class of coarse 41 aggregate. An additional test shall be performed for every 300 yards of concrete placed, and a new aggregate analysis 42 shall be performed whenever a new source of material is used. 43 44 Submit written reports to ArchitectJEngineerof each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of 45 Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect/Engineer. 46 47 Desiqn mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and schedules: 48 49 3000-psi, 28-day compressive strength 50 5.5 sacks of cement per cu. yard of concrete (minimum) 51 52 Cement content may be reduced by 1/2-sack per cu. yd. when an approved water reducing admixture or high rangewater 53 reducing admixture, conforming to the requirements of this specification, is used. This water reducing admixture shall be 54 used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, provided that mix tests yield concrete of not less than the 55 specified strength, and such reduction of cement is accepted in writing'by the Architect/Engineer. 57 Water-Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water-cement (W/C) ratios as follows: 58 59 All concrete: W/C 0.50. 60 61 Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in Concrete slump at point of placement as follows: 62 63 Ramps and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7 SHW Group, Inc. Architects arid Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than I inch and not more than 5 inches. 2 3 Concrete containing high-range water-~educing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding 4 admixture to site-verified 2-to-3-inch slump concrete, 5 6 Other concrete: Not less than 1 nor more than 5 inches. 8 Adiustmentto Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractorwhen characteristicsof materials, 9 job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect/Engineer. Laboratory test 10 data for revised mix design and strength results'must be submitted to and accepted by Architect/Engineerbefore using in 11 Work. ~ 12 13 14 ADMIXTURES 15 ~ 16 Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for 17 placement and workability. 18 19 Use acceleratinq admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F (10 deg C). m 20 21 Use hiqh-ranqe water-reducincl admixture in pumped concrete, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with 22 water-cement ratios below 0.50. ~ 23 24 Use air-entraininq admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at 25 manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus or 26 minus 1-1/2 percent within the following limits: ~ 27 28 All concrete: 3 percentto 5 percent. 29 30 Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. --- 31 32 33 CONCRETE MIXING 34 '" 35 General: Concrete may be mixed at batch plants or it may be transit-mixed as specified herein. Batch plants must comply 36 with the rei:luirementsof ACI 304, with sufficient capacity to produce concrete of the quality specified, in quantities required 37 to meet the construction schedule. All plant facilities are subject to the acceptance of the Architect/Engineer. Plant facilities 38 shall be calibrated by testing agencies specifically qualified for this as frequently as necessai'y to insure accuracy to plus or 39 minus 0.4% of the total capacity of the components of the plant, but at a frequency not to exceed 6 months. 40 41 Job-Site Mixincl: Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. For mixers of I cu. yd. or smaller ~ 42 capacity,'continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part 43 of batch is released. For mixers of capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase minimum 1-1/2 minutes of mixing time by 15 44 seconds for each additional cu. yd. Do not exceed the catalog rating or nameplate capacity for a total volume of materials 45 used per batch. Equip the mixer with automatic controls, or semi-automatic controls, if acceptable, for proportioning m 46 materials and the proper measured quantities. Do not exceed 30 minutes total elapsed time between intermingling of damp 47 aggregates and cement to.the discharge of the completed mix. 48 49 Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and ~ 50 number, date, mix type, mix time, c~uantity, and amount of water introduced. 51 52 Ready-Mixed Concrete: Complywith requirementsof ASTM C 94, and as specified, -., 53 provided the quantity and rate of delivery will permit unrestricted progress of the work in accordance with the placement 54 schedule. Discharge of the concrete shall be completed within I-I/2 hours after water is added to the mix or by the time the 55 drum has revolved 300 times, whichever occurs first. 56 -- 57 When air temperature is between 85 deg I~ (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 58 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 59 60 minutes. 60 ~ 61 FABRICATION OF REINFORCEMENT~ 62 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I General: Shop-fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances 2 complying with ACI 315. In case of fabricating errors, do not re~ben'd or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure 3 or weaken the material. 4 5 Identificatiort Deliver all reinforcementto the project site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, 6 lengths, and other information correspondingto markings shown on placement diagrams. 7 8 Rejected Mate~:ial~ Reinforcing with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the work: 9 10 Bar lengths, depths, and bends exceeding the specified fabrication tolerances. Bends or kinks not indicated on 11 drawings or final shop drawings. 12 13 Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause. 14 15 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 18 19 GENERAL 2O 21 Coordinate the installation of joint materials and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. 22 23 24 FORMS 25 26 General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that 27 might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures 28 are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface 29 irregularitiescomplying with the following ACl 347 limits: 30 31 Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. 32 33 Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. 35 Desicln forms and falsework to include assumed values of live load, dead load, weight of moving equipment operated on 36 formwork, concrete mix, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, foundation pressures, stresses, 37 lateral stability, and other factors pertinent to safety of the structure during construction. 38 39 Construction loads, including reshoring loads, on in-place construction shall at no time'exceed the live load for which the 40 in-place constructionwas designed. If the contractor is uncertain about the design live loads, it shall be his responsibilityto 41 obtain these fi.om the ArchitectJEngineer. 42 43 Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, 44 and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, blocking, screeds, 45 bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required 46 finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. 47 48 Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking 49 plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too 50 steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for 51 easy removal. 52 53 Provide teml3orarv ol~enin(~s for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and 54 during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. 55 Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. 57 58 Forms for Exposed Concrete Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Do 59 not splinter forms by driving ties through improperly prepared holes. 60 61 Do not use metal cover plates for patching holes or defects in forms. 62 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodatework of other trades. Determine size 2 and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support 3 items built into forms. 4 5 Cleaning and Tiqhtenin~ Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. ~emove chips, wood, 6 sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as 7 required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 8 9 10 11 PLACING REINFORCEMENT 12 13 General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for 14 details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. 15 16 Clean reinforcementof loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. 17 18 Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal 19 chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect .... 20 21 Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry the reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 22 inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete 23 conveying equipment and similar construction loads. 24 25 Place reinforcementto maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie 26 bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are 27 directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 28 29 Space reinforcing bars to comply with ACI 318-83, Section 7.6. Reinforcing bars may be relocated as necessary to avoid 30 interference with other reinforcement, conduit, or other embedded items. However, if any reinforcing bar is moved a 31 distance exceeding one bar diameter or the specified placing tolerance, the resulting rearrangement of the reinforcement 32 will be subject to acceptance by the Architect/Engineer. 33 34 Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with 35 wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuouslaps in eitherdirection. 36 37 38 JOINTS 39 40 Construction Joint~: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as 41 acceptableto ArchitectJEngineer. 42 43 Locate construction joints, if required, but not shown so as to divide the slab into areas not in excess of 6000 sq. ft.(as close 44 to square in configuration as possible), unless otherwise accepted by the Architect/Engineer. Conform to slab placement, 45 where shown. Before adjacent pour is made, the surface shall be roughened to an amplitude of a minimum of 1/4 inch 46 except at exposed surfaces. 47 48 Provide kevways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in construction joints in beams and slabs. Bulkheads designed and accepted 49 for this purpose may be used for slabs. Keyways are to be horizontal or vertical as directed by the Architect/Engineer. 50 Install preformed plastic adhesive waterstops in the keyway of all construction joints where vinyl, bulb-type waterstops are 51 not detailed. 52 53 Place construction ioints perpendicularto main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as 54 indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcementthrough sides of strip placements. 55 56 Use bondin(~ aclent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. 57 58 WaterstoD~ Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form ~:ontinuous diaphragm in 59 each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field-fabricate joints in waterstops according 60 to manufacturer'sprinted instructions. 61 62 Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 63 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 10 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS 2 3 General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached 4 to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by 5 suppliers of items to be attached. 6 7 Anchor bolts shall be set with securely fastened templates, and the threaded area shall be protected from concrete laitance. 8 9 VVhere conduit, pipe. or other items are to be embedded in concrete beams, slabs, or columns, they shall be placed not 10 closer than the diameter of the largest of the adjacent items and with a net reduction in the concrete area (of a 12 inch wide 11 strip in slabs) not in excess of 9% without prior approval of the Engineer. The location of such embedded items shall 12 generally be at the middle or centroid of the member. 13 14 Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and 15 contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or 16 compacting-type screeds. 17 18 19 PREPARING FORM SURFACES 20 21 General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual. 10w-VOC. form-coating compound before placing 22 reinforcement. 23 24 Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces 25 against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 26 27 Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust-preventativematerial. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 28 29 30 CONCRETE PEACEMENT 31 32 Insl3ectiorz Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be 33 embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. NotiN the ArchitectJEn~lineerand Testin(~ 34 Laboratory 24 hours before placinq concrete. 35 36 37 General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Con'crete," and as specified. 38 39 Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet the requirements quality control limits, 40 or which has been contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use retempered concrete. Remove rejected concrete from 41 the project site and dispose of in an acceptable location. 42 43 Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has 44 hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide 45 constructionjoints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. 46 47 Concrete Conve¥in(~ Handle concrete from the point of delivery and transfer to the concrete conveying equipment and to 48 the locations of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which will prevent segregation and loss of concrete mix 49 materials. 50 51 Provide mechanical equipment of such size and design for conveying concrete to insure a continuous flow of concrete at 52 the delivery end. Provide run-ways above top of finished slab in all places for wheeled concrete conveying equipment for 53 the concrete delivery point to the locations of final deposit. Do not wheel concrete directly over steel reinforcement. Keep 54 interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes, free of hardened concrete, debris, water, snow, ice, and other 55 deleterious materials. 56 57 Pum0in.cl Concrete The Contractor may at his option use pumping machines for placing the concrete subject to the 58 following requirements: 59 60 If for pumping requirements the mix design is other than specified, the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect/Engineera 61 mix for approval not less than 15 days prior to the time required for its use. The laboratory will make and test this mix 62 design. After the results of these tests are noted and approval is received, this' mix can be used. Cost of this laboratory 63 work shall be paid by the Contractor. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - -11 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Whenever concrete is placed by pumping, it is recommended a second pump complete with sufficient pipes and hose for a 2 complete and independent set up, or other placement equipment, be at the job prior to any placing of concrete. The 3 Contractor shall be responsible for any correctivework which results from equipment breakdown. ~ 4 5 Placincl Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to 6 avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still 7 plastic to avoid cold joints. ~ 8 9 Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping.- 10 Use equipm'ent and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with AC I 309. 11 ~ 12 Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrator.s vertically at uniformly spaced 13 locations no farther than the visible effectivenessof the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and 14 at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At 15 each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of ~ 16 reinforcementand other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. 17 18 Placinq Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction 19 joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. 20 21 Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other 22' embedded items and into corners. _., 23 24 Brin.q slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedgeand strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free 25 of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 26 --" 27' Maintain reinforcinc~ in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. :28 ~- 29 BondinR: Roughen surfaces of set concrete at all joints, except where bonding is obtained by use of a concrete bonding 30 agent. Clean surfaces of laitance, coatings, loose particles, and foreign matter. Roughen surfaces in a manner to expose ~ 31 bonded aggregate uniformly and to not leave laitance, loose particles of aggregate, or damaged concrete at the surface. 32 33 34 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES "" 35 36 Rouclh-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work 37 or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete .surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with ~ 38 tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed 39 down or chipped off. 40 - 41 Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with ~ 42 a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covedng material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, 43 dampproofing, painting, or another similar system. This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing 44 material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with 45 fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. -- 46 47 Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Provide smooth-rubbed finish on scheduled concrete surfaces that have received smooth-formed 48 finish treatment not later than 1 day after form removal. 49 50 Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and 51 texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 52 53 Related Unformed Surface~ At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and ~imilar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, 54 strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed 55 surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless btherwise indicated. 56 57 58 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES 59 60 Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified. 61 62 After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete Slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, 63 using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently 64 to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12 SHVV Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR9? 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor 2 levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. Cut down high spots and fill Iow spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to 3 drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 4 5 Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with 6 resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system. 7 8 After floating, begin first trowel-finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface 9 produces a ringing sound as trowel is 'moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling 10 operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 (floor 11 flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 oi' not exceeding 1/8 inch in 10 feet when 12 tested with a 10 foot straight edge. Grind s~nooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor 13 covering system. 14 15 Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin-set mortar, apply a trowel finish as 16 specified, then immediately follow by slightly scarifying the surface with a fine broom. 17 18 Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as 19 indicated. 20 21 Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular 22 to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect/Engineerbefore application. 23 24 Chemical-Hardener Finish: On concrete floors which remain exposed and as directed apply chemical-hardener finish to 25 interior concrete floors. Apply liquid chemical-hardener after complete curing and drying of the concrete surface. Dilute 26 liquid hardener with water (parts of hardener/water as follows), and apply in 3 coats; first coat, 1/3-strength; second coat, 27 1/2-strength; third coat, 2/3-strength. Evenly apply each coat, and allow 24 hours for drying between coats. 28 29 Apply proprietary chemical hardeners, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 30 31 After final coat of chemical-hardener solution is applied and dried, remove surplus hardener by scrubbing and 32 mopping with water. 33 34 35 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS 36 37 Fillin,q In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown 38 or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure conc[ete as specified to blend with in-place 39 construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. 40 41 Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling 42 surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 43 45 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION 46 47 General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and 48 windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control 49 material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and 50 troweling. 51 52 Start initial cudng as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather 53 permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. 55 Curing Methods; Cure concrete by curing compound, by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover curing, or by combining 56 these methods, as specified. 57 58 Provide moisture curinq by the following methods: 59 60 Keep concrete surface continuouslywet by covering with water. 61 62 Use continuous water-fog spray 63 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously 2 wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4-inch lap over adjacent 3 absorptive covers. 4 "" 5 Provide moisture-retaininq cover curinq as follows: 6 7 Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with ~ 8 sides an~l ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or 9 tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 10 11 Apply curincl compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and ~:urbs as follows: 12 13 Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after 14 surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to 15 manufacturer's directions, followed by shading or moist curing adequate to keep temperature of the concrete at 80 --' 16 degrees F or below during the curing period. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial 17 application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 18 19 Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to 20 concrete. 21 22 Curin.q Formed Surface,~ Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar ~ 23 surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the.full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, 24 continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. 25 26 Curin~l Unformed Surface~- Cu~'e unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other fiat surfaces, by applying the ~ 27 appropriate curing method. 28 29 Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 30 31 Temperature of Concrete Durincl Curincl: When the atmospheric temperature is 85 degrees F. and above, or during other 32 climatic conditions which will cause too rapid drying of the concrete, make arrangements before the start of concrete placing 33 for the installation of wind breaks or shading, ar3d for fog spraying, wet sprinkling, or moisture retaining covering. Protect the 34 concrete continuously for the concrete curing period. Provide hot weather protection complying with the requirements of 35 ACI 305. 36 37 Maintain concrete temperature as uniformly as possible, and protect from rapid atroospheric temperature changes. Avoid 38 temperature changes in concrete which exceed 5 degrees F. in any one hour and 50 degrees F. in any 24 hour period. 39 40 Protection from Mechanical Iniur~:. During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances 41 including load stresses, heavy shock, excessive vibration, and from damage caused by rain or flowing water. Protect all ~ 42 finished concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations. Concrete trucks, cranes, or excessive 43 concentrations of loads will not be permitted on any slab without prior written approval of the ArchitectJEngineerduring the 44 curing period or subsequent construction. 45 -- 46 Sealer and Dustproofer. Apply a second coat of specified curing and sealing compound only to surfaces given a first coat. 47 48 49 REMOVING FORMS 50 51 General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, and similar parts of the work, may be 52 removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided 53 concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations 54 are maintained. 55 56 _ 57 REUSING FORMS 58 59 Clean and repair, surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing 60 material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new formwork. ~ 61 62 When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and 63 tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete 64 surfaces except as acceptable to Architect/Engineer. -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997' SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 CONCRETE EVALUATIONS: 3 4 Evaluation of Quality Control Tests: The concrete quality control testing as herein before specified will be evaluated by the 5 following criteria: 6 7 Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has a slump or total air content outside the values 8 specified. 9 10 If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests 11 will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified. 12 13 Formed Concrete Dimensional Tolerances Formed concrete having any dimension smaller than required, and outside the 14 specifledtolerance limits, will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additionaltesting as herein specified. 15 16 Formed concrete having any dimension greater than required will be rejected if the appearance or function of the structure 17 is adversely affected, or if the larger dimensions interfere with other construction. Repair, or remove and replace rejected 18 concrete as required to meet the construction conditions. When permitted, accomplish the removal of excessive matedal in 19 a manner to maintain the strength of the section without affecting function and appearance. 20 21 Strenqth of Concrete Structures The strength of the concrete structure in-place will be considered potentially deficient if it 22 fails to comply with any of the requirements which control the strength of structure, including the following conditions: 23 24 Failure to meet compressive strength test requirements. 25 26 Concrete which differs from the required dimensions or location in suc~ a manner to reduce strength. 27 28 Concrete subjected to damaging mechanical disturbances; particularly load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive 29 vibration. 30 31 Poor workmanship and quality control likely to result in deficient strength. 32 33 34 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS 35 36 Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when 37 acceptableto Architect/Engineer. 38 39 Mix drv-I~ack mortar, c. onsisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, 40 using only enough water as required for handling and placing. 41 42 Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to 43 solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicularto the concrete surface. 44 Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching 45 mortar before bonding agent has dried. 46 47 For surfaces exl~osed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching 48 mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match 49 before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 50 51 Rel~airin(~ Formed Surface~ Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to 52 satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, 53 rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by 54 cleaning. Flush out. fo. rm tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding 55 agent. 56 57 Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects 58 cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. 59 60 Rel3airin.q Unformed Surfaces Test unformed s'urfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface 61 tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct Iow and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped 62 to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 63 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 15 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers. COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include 2 crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through 3 nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable -.-., 4 conditions. 5 6 Correct hi.qh areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 7 8 Correct Iow areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting 9 out Iow areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into.adjacent concrete. Proprietary 10 underlaymentcompounds may be used when acoeptable to Architect/Engineer. 12 Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and 13 replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at 14 least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding --, 15 agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place. 16 compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 17 18 Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry-pack method. Groove top of cracks and 19 cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply 20 bonding compound. Place dry-pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to 21 match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 22 23 Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and 24 mortar. 25 26 Repair methods not specified above may be used. subject to acceptance of ArchitectJEngineer. Under no circumstances 27 will "dusting" of wet concrete during finishing operations be allowed. 28 29 30 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION 31 32 General: An independenttesting agency shall perform tests and to submit test reports. 33 34 The testing laboratory shall monitor concrete properties at time of placement and report to the Contractor any deviation from 35 the project specifications. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to control the concrete and comply with the project 36 specifications. If the Contractor cannot adequately c~3ntrol the quality of the concrete, then the ArchitectJEngineer shall 37 direct the testing laboratory to control the concrete. The cost of this service shall be paid for by the Contractor. 38 39 Samplincl and testinq for quality control during concrete placement may include the following, as directed by 40 Architect/Engineer. 41 42 Samplincl Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 43 44 Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each concrete load, and for each set of compression 45 test specimens. 46 47 Air Content ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, 48 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each set of compression tests specimens. 49 50 Concrete Temperatur~ ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg'F (4 dog C) and below, 51 when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens 52 53 Compression Test Specimen~ ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength 54 test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when 55 field-cured test specimens are required. 56 57 Compressive-StrenQtl~ Tests:' ASTM C 39; for each class of concrete poured in any one day, one set for each 58 day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each 59 concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and 60 one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 61 62 When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate 63 current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 16 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results 2 equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified 3 compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 4 5 Curin.q of Compression Test Specimens After preparation of the test cylinders, to prevent evaporation of water from the 6 unhardened concrete, cover the cylinders immediately after finishing with a non-reactive plate or impervious plastic 7 sheeting. Protect the outside surface of cardboard molds from any source of water for the first 24 hours after casting. Field 8 curing procedures for test cylinders for 28 day compressive strengths are not the same as those for determining strength for 9 form removal time. 10 11 For test cylinders for 28 days compressive strenqth determination, during the first 24 hours after molding, store all test 12 cylinders under conditions that maintain the temperature immediately adjacent to the cylinders in the range of 60 to 80 13 degrees F. and prevent loss of moisture from the specimens. If the Architect/Engineeror testing laboratory have questions 14 concerning the storage temperature, they may require that the contractor provide a temperature record of the cylinders by 15 means of maximum-minimum thermometers. At the end of 20 hours plus or min~s four hours, cylinders are to be 16 transported to the laboratory, removed from the molds, and placed in a moist condition at 73.4 plus or minus 3 degrees F. 17 until the moment of testing. 18 19 Cylinders shipped from the field to the laboratory shall be packed in sturdy wood boxes or other suitable containers 20 surrounded by wet sawdust or other suitable packing material and shall be protected from freezing during shipment. 21 22 Concrete Batch Facility. The testing laboratory shall perform inspections of the concrete batching facility at intervals not to 23 exceed one per 1,000 cubic yards of concrete placed or at least one each six months. The inspection shall include 24 verification of the calibration of scales, aggregate analysis of the current stockpiles, verification of batching procedures, and 25 compliance with the original mix design. First inspection shall take place before any concrete is placed. The cost of each 26 inspection shall be paid by the testing allowance. 27 28 Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, ready-mix producer, and Contractorwithin 24 hours 29 after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete 30 placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design 31 compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break 32 for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. If any breaks are below specified or expected strengths, the Testing Laboratory shall 33 report any visible anomalies. 34 35 Nondestructive Testin~ Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be 36 used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. 37 38 Additional Tesis: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified 39 concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by ArchitectJEngineer. 40 Testing agency may conUuct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by 41' other methods as directed. 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 03300 45 CAST-IN:PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 17 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification 10 Sections, apply to work of this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY: 14 15 Extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated below and supplemental information shall be found on the drawings. 16 17 This Section includes joint sealers for the following locations: 18 19 Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below: 20 :21 Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete. 22 Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 23 J.oints between different materials listed above. 24 Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. 25 Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces. 26 Other joints as indicated. 27 28 Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: 29 30 Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast-In-place concrete slabs for floors and paving. 31 Joints between different materials listed above. 32 Other joints as indicated. 33 34 Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: 35 36 Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surface~ of exterior walls. 37 Perimeter joints of exterior openings. 38 Joints between tops of non-load-bearing unit masonry walls and underside of structural deck and beams. 39 Tile control and expansion joints. 40 Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. 41 Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. 42 Perimeter joints of toilet fixtures.- 43 Other joints as indicated. 45 Sealin.q joints related to flashin.q and sheet metal for roofing is specified in Division-7 Section: "Flashing and Sheet Metal." 46 47 Sealants for ~lazin.q purposes are specified in Division-8 Section "Glass and Glazing." 48 49 Sealin.~ concealed i~erimeter joints of clvpsum drywall partitions to reduce sound transmission characteristicsis specified in 50 Division-9 Section "Gypsum Drywall." 51 52 Sealincl tile joints is specified in Division-9 Section "Tile." 53 55 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES; 56 57 Provide joints sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous 58 seals. 59 60 61 SUBMITTALS; 62 63 Product Data from manufacturer's for each joint sealer product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint 64 sealer application. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) . 1 2 Samples for Initial Selection Purpose~ Manufacturer's standard bead samples consisting of strips of actual products 3 showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. 4 5 Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealer required. Install joint sealer samples in 1/2 inch wide 6 joints formed between two 6 inch long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint 7 sealers. 8 9 Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealers attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are 10 suitable for the use indicated. 11 -,, 12 Qualification data complying with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article. Include list of completed projects 13 with project name, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. 14 15 Product test reports for each type of joint sealers indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. 16 17 18 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 19 20 Installer Qualifications Engage an Installer who has successfully completed within the last 3 years at least 3 joint sealer 21 applications similar in type and size to that of this Project. 22 23 Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Material¢ Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer for each 24 different product required. 25 26 Pre-Installation Conferenc~ Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of the Division-1 section ---, 27 covering this activity. 28 29 30 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: 31 32 Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, 33 product, name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time and mixing instructions for 34 multicomponent materials. 35 36 Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage 37 due to moisture, high or Iow temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 38 39 40 PROJECT CONDITIONS: 41 42 Environmental Conditions Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 43 44 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturer or 45 below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 46 47 When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes. 48 49 Joint Width Condition~ Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than allowed by joint 50 sealer manufacturerfor application indicated. 51 52 Joint Substrate Condition-~ Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants capable of interfering with 53 their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 54 5{5 56 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 57 58 Sequence installation of joint sealers to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofing, 59 unless otherwise indicated. 60 61 62 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 63 JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 .1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I MATERIALS, GENERAl' 2 3 Compatibility. Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with 4 joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and 5 field experience. 6 7 Colors: Provide a color of exposed joint sealer as selected by Architect from manufacturer'sstandard colors. 8 9 10 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: 11 12 Elastomeric Sealant Standarct Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer 13 indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class and Uses. 14 15 One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous 16 joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide; intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates and 17 subject to in-service exposure to conditions of high humidity and temperature extremes. 18 19 Applicatior~ Interior vertical and non-traffic horizontal joints in wet areas (e.g. showers, kitchens, perimeter joints of 20 toilet fixtures). 21 22 One-Part Nonsaq Urethane Sealant for Use NT: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and Uses NT, M, A, and, as applicable to 23 joint substrates indicated, O: 24 25 Applicator[ Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below: 26 27 Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete. 28 Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 29 Joints between different materials listed above. 30 Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. 31 Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces. 32 Other joints as indicated. 33 34 One-Part Nonsacl Urethane Sealant for Use T: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25, and complying with the following requirements 35 for Uses: 36 37 Uses T, NT, A, and. as applicableto joint substrates indicated, O. 38 39 Applicatior[ Exterior horizontal joints subject to vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Interior horizontal joints subject to .40 vehicular and pedestrian traffic and not indicated to receive expansion control assemblies. 41 42 Available Product-~ Subject to compliance wi.th requirements, elastomeric sealants which may be incorporated in the Work 43 include, but are not limited to, the following: 45 One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: 46 47 "Dow-Corning 786"; Dow Corning Corp. 48 "SCS 1702 Sanitary"; General Electric Co. 49 "8'63 #345 White"; Pecora Corp. 50 "Rhodorsil 6B White"; Rhone-Poulenc Inc. 51 "Proglaze White"; Tremco Corp. .52 "OmniPlus"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products Inc. 53 54 One-Part Nonsa(I Urethane Sealant for Use NT: 55 56 "Chem-Calk 900"; Bostik Constructior~Products Div. 57 "Chem-Calk 2639"; Bostik Construction Products Div. 58 "Vulkem 116"; Mameco International, Inc. 59 "Vulkem 921"; Mameco International, Inc. 60 "Dynatrol I"; P. ecora Corp. 61 "Permapol RC-I"; Products Research & Chemical Corp. 62 "Sikaflex-la"; Sika Corp. 63 "Sikaflex-15LM"; Sika Corp. 64 "SonolasticNP 1"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products Inc. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 "Dymonic": Tremco, Inc. 2 3 One-Part Nonsa.q Urethane Sealant for. Use T..'- 4 5 "Chem-Calk 900"; Bostik Construction Products Div. 6 "Permapol RC-I"; Products Research & Chemical Corp. 7 "Sikaflex-la"; Sika Corp. ... 8 "Sikaflex- 15LM"; Sika Corp. 9 10 11 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: ~ 12 13 Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew-resistant, acrylic-emulsion sealant 14 complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be painted and recommended for exposed applications on interior and on 15 protected exterior locations involving joint movement of not more than plus or minus 5 percent. "' 16 17 Application Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontrafflc surfaces as indicated below: 18 19 Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. ~ 20 Perimeter joints of exterior openings. 21 Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. 22 Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. ~ 23 Other joints as indicated. 24 25 26 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint sealants which may be incorporated in the Work .-. 27 include, but are not limited to, the following: 28 29 Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant 30 31 "Chem-Calk 600"; Bostik Construction Products Div. 32 "AC-20"; Pecora Corp. 33 "Sonolac"; Sonneborne Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. 34 "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834"; Tremco Inc. 35 36 37 MISCELLANEOUS JOINT SEALANTS: 38 39 Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, 40 gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne 41 sound. 42 43 Available Products Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but 44 are not limited to, the following: 45 46 Acoustical Sealants For Concealed Joints: 47' 48 "BA-98"; Pecora corp. 49 "Tremco Acoustical Sealant"; Tremco Inc. 50 51 52 COMPRESSION SEALS: 53 54 Preformed Foam Sealant Manufacturer's standard preformed, precompressed, impregnated open-cell foam sealant 55 manufactured from high-density urethane foam impregnated with a nondrying, water repellant agent; factory-produced in 56 precompressed sizes and in roll or stick form to fit joint widths indicated and to develop a watertight and airtight seal when 57 compressed to the degree specified by manufacturer; and complying with the following requirements: 58 59 Properties Permanently elastic, mildew-resistant, nonmigratory, nonstaining, compatible with joint substrates and 60 other joint sealers. 61 62 Impre¢inatinqAqent Manufacturer's standard. 63 64 Density. Manufacturer's standard. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 Backinq: None. 3 4 Available Products~ Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work 5 include, but are not limited to, the following: 6 7 "Emseal"; Emseal Corp. 8 "Emseal Greyflex"; Emseal Corp. 9 "Polytite R"; Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. 10 "Polytite Standard"; Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. 11 "Will-Seal 150"; Will-Seal Construction Foams Div., IIIbruck. 12 "Will-Seal 250"; Will-Seal Construction Foams Div., IIIbruck. 13 "York-Seal 100"; York Manufacturing, Inc. 1~ "York-Seal 200"; York Manufacturing, Inc. 15 16 17 FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS: 18 19 General: Provide manufacturer's standard fire-stopping sealant, with accessory materials, having fire-resistance ratings 20 indicated as established by testing identical assemblies per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing 21 and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 22 23 Foamed-In-Place Fire-Stopping Sealant Two-part, foamed-in-place, silicone sealant formulated for use in a 24 through-penetration fire-stop system for filling openings around cableS, conduit, pipes and similar penetrationsthrough walls 25 and floors having space greater than 3/8". 26 27 One-Part Fire-StopDinq Sealant One part elastomeric sealant formulated for use in a through-penetration fire-stop system 28 for sealing openings around cables, conduit, pipes and similar penetrations through walls and floors having space 3/8" or 29 less. 30 31 Available Product~ Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but 32 are not limited to, the following: 33 34 Foamed-In-Place Fire-Stoppinq Sealant 35 36 "Dow Corning Fire Stop Foam"; Dow Corning Corp. 37 "Pensi1851": General Electric Co. 38 39 One-Part Fire-Stoopinq Sealant 40 41 "Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant"; Dow Coming Corp. 42 "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25"; Electrical Products Div.13M. 43 "RTV 7403"; General Electdc Co. 44 "Fyre Putty"; Standard Oil Engineered Materials Co. 45 46 47 JOINT SEALANT BACKING: 48 49 General: Provide sealant backings of matedal and type which are 50 nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers arid other joint fillers; and are approved for applications 51 indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 52 53 Plastic Fo. am Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible, nongassing plastic 54 foam of material indicated below; nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth 55 and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 57 Either open dell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, unless otherwise indicated, subject to approval of 58 sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. 59 60 Elastomeric Tubin.q Joint-Fillers Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, non-absorbent to 61 water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 deg F (-15 deg C). Provide products with Iow 62 compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to 63 optimum sealant performance. 64 JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing 2 sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would 3 result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 4 5 · 6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 7 8 Primer. Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturerwhere required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates 9 indicated, as determined from preconstructionjoint sealersubstrate tests and field tests. 10 11 Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces; Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturer of 12 sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials, and which 13 do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimetal effect on sealant adhesion or in-service performance. 14 15 Maskin.q Tape: Provide nonstaining, nonabsorbenttype compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints. 16 17 Accessory materials for Fire-Stoppinq Sealants; Provide forming, joint-fllle~s, packing and other accessory materials 18 required for installation of fire-stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. 19 2O 21 JOINT FILLERS FOR CONCRETE PAVING: 22 23 General: Provide joint fillers of thickness and widths indicated. 24 25 Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler preformed strips of composition below, complying with ASTM D 1751: 26 27- Asphalt saturated fiberboard. 28 29 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 32 33 EXAMINATION 34 35 Examine joints indicated indicated to receive ioint sealers, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint 36 configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do not proceed with 37 installation of joint sealers until unsatisfactoryconditions have been corrected. 38 39 40 PREPARATION: 41 42 Surface Cleanin.q of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of 43 joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: 44 45 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; 46 paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by 47 sealant manufacturer; old joint sealers; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt and frost. 48 49 Clean concrete,masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, 50 grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate 51 capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning 52 operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 53 54 Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 55 56 Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile and other nonporous surfaces by chemical 57 cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of 58 joint sealers. 59 60 Joint Pdminci: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on 61 preconstructionjoint sealer-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's 62 recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 63 JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 6 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOl,. NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise 2 would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. 3 Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 4 5 6 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS: 7 8 General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications 9 indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. 10 11 Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standarck. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as 12 applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. 13 14 Latex Sealant Installation Standarc[ Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. 15 16 Acoustical Sealant Application Standarct Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in 17 acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. 18 19 Installation of Sealant Backings; Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 20 21 Install joint-fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce 22 the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant 23 movement capability. 24 25 Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers. 26 27 Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint fillers. 28 29 Remove absoi'bent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 30 31 Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where adhesion of 32 sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result in sealant failure. 33 34 Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with requirements indicated above for joint fillers. 35 36 Installation of Sealants; Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint 37 substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes 38 and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum seaiant movement capability. 39 40 Toolincl of Nonsa.cl Sealants; Immediately after sealant application and prior: to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants 41 to form smooth, uniform beads of confKJuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of 42 sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which 43 discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 45 Provide concave joint conficluration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated. 46 47 Provide flush joint conficluration per Figure 6B in ASTM C 962, where indicated. 48 49 Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints. 50 51 Provide Recessed joint confi.cluration per Figure 6C in ASTM C 962, of recess depth and at locations indicated. 52 53 Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants; Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrappings, 54 taking care not to pull or stretch material, and complying with sealant manufacturer's directions for installation methods, 55 materials and tools which produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersectionsofjoints. For applicationsat Iow ambient 56 temperatures .where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in conformance with 57 sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 58 59 Installation of Fire-Stoppinq Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill 60 openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire-stops with fire resistance 61 ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established 62 by testing and inspecting agency. 63 JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 7 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I CLEANING: 2 3 Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials 4 approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. ~ 5 6 7 PROTECTIOI~ ._.. 8 9 Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting 10 from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial 11 Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint ~ 12 sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas 13 indistinguishablefrom original work. 14 15 "' 16 END OF SECTION 07900 17 JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 8 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 SECTION 10436 - EXTERIOR POST AND PANEL SIGNS 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 This Section includes the following: 16 17 Nonilluminatedsingle panel type post and panel exterior signs. 18 19 Related Section~ The following sections contain requirementsthat relate to this Section: 20 21 Temporary proiect identificatior~siqns are included in Division I Section "Temporary Facilities." 22 23 Roadway signs and traffic controls are included in Division 2 Section "Traffic Signage". 24 25 Concrete fill in post holes is included in Division 3 Section "Concrete Work." 26 27 Wall-mounted and interior panel sicjns are included in Division 10 Section "Signs." 28 29 30 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 31 32 Desitin Criteria' Design, fabricate, and install exterior post and panel-type signs to withstand a wind pressure of 100 mph on 33 the total sign area in all directions. 34 35 36 SUBMITTALS 37 38 General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 39 40 Product Data: Include manufacturer's construction details relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, 41 profiles, and finishes for each type of sign required. Provide manufacturer'srecommendationsfor maintenance and cleaning 42 requirementsfor exterior sign surfaces. 43 44 Shop Drawin.qs; Include plans, elevations, and not less than 3/4- inch scale sections of typical members and other 45 components. Show anchors, reinforcement, accessories, layout, and installation details. 46 47 Provide message list, including not less than half-size details of wording and lettering layout. Include full-size details of 48 special graphics. 49 50 Samples: For each sign component provide the following samples showing finishes, colors, and surface texture. 51 52 For initial selection of color, pattern, and texture: 53 54 Aluminum: Samples of each finish type and color, on 6-inch- long sections of extrusions and not less than 55 4-inch squares of sheet or plate, showing the full range of colors available. 56 57 Die-Cut Vinyl Letters and Graphic Symbols; Manufacturer's clude representative samples of available type 58 styles and graphic symbols. 59 60 For verification of color, pattern, and texture selected, and compliance with requirements indicated: 61 62 Aluminum: Samples of each finish type and color, on 6-inch- long sections of extrusions and not less than 63 4-inch squares of sheet or plate. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample 54 sets showing the full range of variations expected. EXTERIOR POST AND PANEL SIGNS 10436 - 1 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 2 In each panel include ~ representative sample of the graphic image process required, showing graphic 3 style and colors and finishes of letters, numbers, and other graphic devices. 4 5 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7 8 Installer Qualifications Engage an experienced Installer who is an authorized representative of the sign manufacturer and 9 has completed installation of exterior post and panel signs similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for the 10 Project and that has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. 11 12 The installer shall be capable of providing replacement message bars within 10 working days of receipt of an order. 13 14 Single-Source Responsibility. Obtain exterior post and panel signs from one source from a single manufacturer. 15 16 17' DELIVERYAND HANDLING 18 19 Delivery:. Proved protective covering or crating as recommended by the manufacturer to protect sign components and 20 surfaces against damage during transportation and delivery. 21 22 Coordinate time of delivery so that pylon signs can be installed within 24 hours of receipt at the project site. 23 24 Handle signs carefully to prevent breakage, surface abrasion, denting, soiling, and other defects. Comply with the 25 manufacturer'shandling instructions for unloading components subject to damage. 26 27 Inspect sign components for damage upon delivery. Do not install damaged sign components. Repair minor damage 28 to signs, provided the finished repair is equal in all respects to the original work and is acceptable to the Architect; 29 otherwise remove and replace damaged sign components. 30 31 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 35 MANUFACTURERS 36 37 Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 38 39 ABC Architectural Signing System 40' Andco Industrie§ Corp. 41 APCO Graphics Inc. 42 ASl Sign Systems, Inc. 43 Diskey Sign Corporation. 44 Spanjer Brothers, Inc. 45 The Supersine Company. 46 Vomar Products, Inc. 47 48 49 MATERIALS 50 51 Aluminum Sheet or Plate: Provide alloy and temper recommended by the aluminum producer or finisher for the type of use 52 and finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability properties specified in ASTM B 209 for 5005-H 15. 53 54 Aluminum Extrusion-~ Provide alloy and temper recommended by the aluminum producer or finisher for the type of use and 55 finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability properties specified in ASTM B 221 for 6063-T5. 56 57 Vinyl Film: Provide opaque nonreflective vinyl film, 0.0035-inch minimum thickness, with pressure-sensitive adhesive 58 backing, suitable for exterior applications. 59 60 Fastener~ Unless otherwise indicated, use concealed fasteners fabricated from metals that are noncorrosive to either the 61 sign material or the mounting surface. 62 EXTERIOR POST AND PANEL SIGNS 10436 - 2 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR9? 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Anchors and Inserts: Use n~nferrous metal or hot-dipped galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and 2 elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place 3 anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete. 4 5 6 COMPONENTS 7 8 Posts: Provide the manufacturer's standard 0.125-inch-thick structural aluminum tubing extruded from 6063-T5 alloy, with 9 vertical slots to engage sign panels. Provide stop blocks in slots to hold panels in position. Include post caps, fillers, 10 spacers, junction boxes, access panels, and related accessory items required for a complete installation. Comply with the 11 following requirements for post shape, finish, and mounting method: 12 13 Post Shape: 2-inch by 2-inch square. 14 15 Finish: High performance organic coating. 16' 17 Post Mountin.cl Method: Provide sign posts of length required for permanent installation by the direct-burial mounting 18 method. 19 20 Panels: Provide smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a 21 tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner. 22 23 Framed Sinclle-Sheet Panels: Provide framed single-sheet sign panels with edges mechanically and smoothly finished 24 to conform with the following requirements: 25 26 Panel Material: 0.125-inch-thick aluminum plate. 27 28 Finish: High performanceorganic coating. 29 30 Frames: Fabricate frames to profile indicated with integral slots to receive sign message panel; comply with the 31 following requirements: 32 33 Frame Material:. Extruded aluminum. 34 35 Frame Finish: High performance organic coating. 36 37 Corner Conditior~ Square corners. 38 39 Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy to comply with the requirements indicated for sizes, styles, spacing, content, 40 positions, materials, finishes, and colors of letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices. 41 42 Surface-Applied Die-Cut Vinyl Copy: Provide die-cut characters from nonreflective vinyl film with pressure-sensitive 43 adhesive backing. Apply copy to the exposed face of the sign panel. 45 46 FABRICATION 47 48 General: Provide the manufacturer's standard double post, single- panel-type post, and panel signs. The completed sign 49 assembly shall consist of a message panel supported between two posts. Comply with requirements indicated for materials, 50 thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 51 52 Allow for thermal movement resulting from a maximum ambient temperature change (range) of 100 deg F (55.5 deg 53 C). Design, fabricate, and install post and panel sign assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and 54 overstressingwelds and fasteners. 55 56. Base design on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 57 58 Welded Connections Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds behind finished 59 surfaces without distortion or discoloration of the e~(posed'side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and 60 dress on all exposed and contact surfaces. 61 62 Mill ioints to a tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to the weather to exclude water penetration. 63 EXTERIOR POST AND PANEL SIGNS 10436 - 3 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) I Preassemble post and panel signs in the shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly. Disassemble 2 signs only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Cleady mark units for reassembly and installation, in a 3 location not exposed to view after final assembly. 4 5 Conceal fasteners where possible; otherwise locate fasteners where they will be inconspicuous. 6 7 Posts: Fabricate posts to lengths required for mounting method indicated. 8 9 Direct Burial: For permanent sign installation, provide posts 36 inches longer than height of sign indicated to permit 10 direct embedment in concrete foundations. 11 12 Panels: Form panels to required size and shape. Comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, finish, color, 13 and details of construction. 14 15 Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods to produce message panels with closely fitting joints. Align edges 16 and surfaces with one another in the relationship indicated. 17 18 Increase metal thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners or backing materials as required to produce surfaces 19 without distortion, buckles, warp, or other surface deformations. 20 21 Continuouslyweld joints and seams except where other methods are indicated; grind, fill. and dress welds to produce 22 smooth flush exposed surfaces with welds invisible after final finishing. 23 24 25 FINISHES 26 27 Colors and Texture-~ For exposed sign material that requires selection of materials with integral or applied colors, textures, 28 or other characteristics related to appearance, provide color matches as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's 29 standards. 30 31 Metal Finishe~ Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations. 32 33 Aluminum Finishe~ Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association 34 for designating aluminum finishes. 35 36 Hiqh Performance Orclanic Coatincl: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: 37 chemical conversion coating, acid chromate-fluoride-phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). 38 Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's 39 instructions. 40 41 Fluorocarbon 3-Coat Coatin.q System: Manufacturer's standard 3-coat thermo-cured system, compo~,ed of specially 42 formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color coat, and clear fluorocarbon topcoat, with both color'coat and clear 43 topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidenefluoride resin by weight; comply with AAMA 605.2. 45 Color and Gloss: As indicated by reference to manufacturer'sstandard color and sheen designations. 46 47 48 PART 3 - EXECUTION 49 50 51 PREPARATION 52 53 Furnish teml~lates, anchor bolts, internal reinforcing, and other items required to be set in concrete post foundations at 54 proper time for setting. 55 56 57 INSTALLATION 58 59 Genera[ Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of the type described and in 60 compliancewith the manufacturer'sinstructions. 61 62 Excavatior~ In firm undisturbed or compacted soil, drill or (using a post-hole digger) hand-excavate holes for each post to 63 the minimum diameter recommended by the sign manufacturer, but not less than 4 times the largest post cross-section. EXTERIOR POST AND PANEL SIGNS 10436- 4 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers COPPELL MIDDLE SCHOOL NORTH 7MAR97 1997 SITE WORK AND PAVING 0496455(SITE) 1 Excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than the required post bottom, with bottom of posts set not less 2 than 36 inches below finished grade surface. 3 4 Settincl Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of the excavation. 5 6 Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for 7 consolidation. Check'each post for vertical and top alignment and hold in position until concrete has achieved its initial 8 set. 9 10 Install si(~ns level, plumb, and at the height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. 12 13 CLEANING 14 15 At completion of the installation, clean soiled surfaces of sign units in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions. 16 17 18 PROTECTION 19 20 Protect installed sign units from damage until acceptance by the Owner. 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 10436 24 EXTERIOR POST AND PANEl' SIGNS 10436 - 5 SHW Group, Inc. Architects and Engineers